81_FR_95745 81 FR 95496 - Recordkeeping Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts

81 FR 95496 - Recordkeeping Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 249 (December 28, 2016)

Page Range95496-95528
FR Document2016-30734

The FDIC proposes to amend its regulations regarding Recordkeeping Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts (``Part 371''), which require insured depository institutions (``IDIs'') in a troubled condition to keep records relating to qualified financial contracts (``QFCs'') to which they are party. The proposed rule would expand the scope of QFC records required to be maintained by an IDI that is subject to the FDIC's recordkeeping requirements and that has total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 billion or is a member of a corporate group where one or more affiliates is subject to the QFC recordkeeping requirements set forth in the regulations adopted by the Department of the Treasury (a ``full scope entity''); for all other IDIs subject to the FDIC's QFC recordkeeping requirements, add and delete a limited number of data requirements and make certain formatting changes with respect to the QFC recordkeeping requirements; require full scope entities to keep QFC records of certain of their subsidiaries; and include certain other changes, including changes that would provide additional time for certain IDIs in a troubled condition to comply with the regulations.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 249 (Wednesday, December 28, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 249 (Wednesday, December 28, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 95496-95528]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-30734]


========================================================================
Proposed Rules
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains notices to the public of 
the proposed issuance of rules and regulations. The purpose of these 
notices is to give interested persons an opportunity to participate in 
the rule making prior to the adoption of the final rules.

========================================================================


Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 95496]]



FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

12 CFR Part 371

RIN 3064-AE54


Recordkeeping Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts

AGENCY: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The FDIC proposes to amend its regulations regarding 
Recordkeeping Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts (``Part 
371''), which require insured depository institutions (``IDIs'') in a 
troubled condition to keep records relating to qualified financial 
contracts (``QFCs'') to which they are party. The proposed rule would 
expand the scope of QFC records required to be maintained by an IDI 
that is subject to the FDIC's recordkeeping requirements and that has 
total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 billion or is a 
member of a corporate group where one or more affiliates is subject to 
the QFC recordkeeping requirements set forth in the regulations adopted 
by the Department of the Treasury (a ``full scope entity''); for all 
other IDIs subject to the FDIC's QFC recordkeeping requirements, add 
and delete a limited number of data requirements and make certain 
formatting changes with respect to the QFC recordkeeping requirements; 
require full scope entities to keep QFC records of certain of their 
subsidiaries; and include certain other changes, including changes that 
would provide additional time for certain IDIs in a troubled condition 
to comply with the regulations.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before February 27, 2017.

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
     FDIC Web site: https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/. Follow the instructions for submitting comments on the agency 
Web site.
     Email: comments@fdic.gov. Include RIN 3064-AE54 on the 
subject line of the message.
     Mail: Robert E. Feldman, Executive Secretary, Attention: 
Comments, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW., 
Washington, DC 20429.
     Hand Delivery: Comments may be hand delivered to the guard 
station at the rear of the 550 17th Street Building (located on F 
Street) on business days between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m.
     Public Inspection: All comments received, including any 
personal information provided, will be posted generally without change 
to https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Legal Division: Phillip E. Sloan, 
Counsel, (703) 562-6137; Joanne W. Rose, Counsel, (917) 320-2854. 
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships: Marc Steckel, Deputy 
Director, (571) 858-8824; George C. Alexander, Assistant Director, 
(571) 858-8182.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Policy Objectives
 II. Background
III. The Proposed Rule
    A. Summary
    B. Section-By-Section Analysis
    1. Scope, Purpose, and Compliance Dates
    2. Definitions
    3. Maintenance of Records
    4. Content of Records
    5. Transition for Existing Records Entities
    6. Enforcement Actions
    7. Appendix A
    8. Appendix B
IV. Expected Effects
    A. Limited Scope Entities
    B. Full Scope Entities
    C. All Covered Entities
V. Alternatives Considered
VI. Request for Comments
    A. Scope of Coverage
    B. Requirements
    C. Implementation
    D. Benefits and Costs
VII. Regulatory Process
    A. Paperwork Reduction Act
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    C. The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act of 
1999
    D. Plain Language

I. Policy Objectives

    The proposed rule would enhance and update recordkeeping 
requirements as to QFCs of IDIs in troubled condition in order to 
facilitate the orderly resolution of IDIs with QFC portfolios. The 
proposed rule would revise the format of records required to be 
maintained in order to provide more ready access to expanded QFC 
portfolio data. Additionally, the proposed rule would require that more 
comprehensive information be maintained to facilitate the FDIC's 
understanding of complex QFC portfolios in receivership. The proposed 
changes to both the formatting and the quantity of information would 
enable the FDIC, as receiver, to make better informed and efficient 
decisions as to whether to transfer some or all of a failed IDI's QFCs 
during the one-business-day stay period for the transfer of QFCs. This 
would help the FDIC achieve a least costly resolution.
    Part 371 was adopted in 2008 pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(H) 
(the ``FDIA Recordkeeping Provision'') to enable the FDIC to have 
prompt access to detailed information about the QFC portfolios of IDIs 
for which the FDIC is appointed receiver.\1\ In the eight years since 
Part 371 was adopted, the FDIC has obtained QFC information pursuant to 
Part 371 from many IDIs in troubled condition, ranging in size from 
large, complex institutions to small community banks. While the 
information obtained has proved useful to the FDIC as receiver, the 
necessity for more comprehensive information from institutions with 
complex QFC portfolios in formats that reflect recent developments in 
digital technology was evident.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 12 CFR part 371.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In July 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 
and Consumer Protection Act \2\ (``Dodd-Frank Act''), section 
210(c)(8)(H) (``Section 210(c)(8)(H)'') of which requires the adoption 
of regulations that require financial companies to maintain QFC records 
that are determined to be necessary or appropriate to assist the FDIC 
as receiver for a covered financial company in being able to exercise 
its rights and fulfill its obligations under section 210(c)(8), (9), or 
(10) of the Dodd-Frank Act. These sections of the Dodd-Frank Act are in 
most respects identical to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e) (8)-(10) of the FDIA and 
cover, among other subjects, the stay applicable to QFCs and the FDIC's 
rights to transfer QFCs during the one-business-day stay period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ 12 U.S.C. 5301 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    On October 31, 2016, in implementation of Section 210(c)(8)(H), the 
Department of the Treasury published regulations (Part 148) that 
require large U.S. financial holding

[[Page 95497]]

companies and their U.S. subsidiaries (other than IDIs, certain IDI 
subsidiaries and insurance companies) to maintain QFC recordkeeping 
systems.\3\ The scope of records required to be maintained by companies 
subject to Part 148 is more comprehensive than that required under Part 
371 for IDIs in troubled condition. Part 148 was prepared in 
consultation with the FDIC. Its recordkeeping requirements reflect the 
insights obtained by the FDIC in administering Part 371. Part 148, as 
adopted, reflects comments received on the Part 148 notice of proposed 
rulemaking, and the input from those comments are, where appropriate, 
considered in this proposed rule. Part 148 requires companies that are 
subject to that rule to maintain comprehensive QFC records in formats 
that will enable the FDIC to expeditiously analyze the information in 
the event it is appointed as receiver for a covered financial company 
pursuant to Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act. The comprehensive data 
fields reflect the data that the FDIC has identified as important for 
it to make its determinations as to whether to transfer QFCs of a 
failed institution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ 31 CFR part 148.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule would harmonize the recordkeeping requirements 
under Part 371 for large IDIs and IDIs that are affiliates of financial 
companies subject to Part 148 with the recordkeeping requirements of 
Part 148. The harmonization would support the policy objective of 
enabling the FDIC to make judicious QFC transfer decisions and would 
enable the FDIC, as receiver of an IDI that is a member of a corporate 
group subject to Part 371, to rapidly obtain a complete picture of the 
QFC positions of the entire group by combining the records maintained 
under the two regulations. Such harmonization would also have the 
indirect benefit of reducing costs to IDIs that become subject to Part 
371 and that are members of a corporate group subject to Part 148 by 
enabling such IDIs to utilize the information technology infrastructure 
established by their corporate group for purposes of complying with 
Part 148.

II. Background

    The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 
\4\ includes the FDIA Recordkeeping Provision that authorizes the FDIC, 
in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agencies, to 
prescribe regulations requiring more detailed recordkeeping by an IDI 
with respect to QFCs if such IDI is in a troubled condition. Pursuant 
to this provision, in 2008 the FDIC adopted Part 371, which requires 
that IDIs in a troubled condition maintain information relating to QFCs 
to which they are party in a format set forth in two Appendices to the 
regulation. As the FDIC noted in the adopting release for Part 371, the 
FDIC as receiver has very little time--the period between the day on 
which the FDIC is appointed receiver and 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the 
following business day--to determine whether to transfer QFCs to which 
a failed IDI is party.\5\ The release stated that ``[g]iven the FDIA 
Act's short time frame for such decision by the FDIC, in the case of a 
QFC portfolio of any significant size or complexity, it may be 
difficult to obtain and process the large amount of information 
necessary for an informed decision by the FDIC as receiver unless the 
information is readily available to the FDIC in a format that permits 
the FDIC to quickly and efficiently carry out an appropriate financial 
and legal analysis.'' \6\ It was the FDIC's expectation, when it 
adopted Part 371, that the regulations would provide the FDIC with QFC 
information in a format that would assist the FDIC in making these 
determinations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ Public Law 109-8, 119 Stat. 23.
    \5\ 73 FR 78162, 78163 (December 22, 2008).
    \6\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the eight years since it was adopted, Part 371 has proved very 
useful to the FDIC in connection with QFCs of IDIs for which it was 
appointed receiver. While these institutions, in general, had limited 
QFC portfolios, several large IDIs with significant QFC portfolios also 
became in a troubled condition and were required to comply with the 
recordkeeping requirements of Part 371. The process of working with 
these IDIs to achieve compliance with Part 371, in addition to being 
very useful in resolution planning for these institutions, was 
instructive for the FDIC and caused the FDIC to identify areas where 
additional data in a more accessible format would provide the FDIC, as 
receiver, with important benefits in making determinations as to 
whether to transfer the institution's QFCs in a manner that would help 
preserve the value of the receivership and minimize losses to the 
Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC also gained experience with respect to 
the length of time that sometimes is necessary to complete QFC 
recordkeeping requirements, and identified areas where the requirements 
could be made clearer.
    As previously noted, Part 148 requires more extensive record 
keeping than that required by Part 371 as currently in effect 
(``Current Part 371''). The additional data include, among other data 
points, information on underlying QFCs where the QFC in question is a 
guarantee, additional information as to whether a QFC is guaranteed, 
information as to positions for which a QFC serves as a hedge, certain 
information as to the netting sets to which the QFCs pertain, 
information as to cross-default provisions in QFCs, information as to 
location of collateral, whether the collateral is segregated by the 
entity holding the collateral, whether the collateral is subject to re-
hypothecation, and information as to the value of QFC positions in the 
currency applicable to the QFCs. This additional information could 
greatly assist the FDIC as receiver in making decisions as to the 
treatment of the receivership's QFCs under the Dodd-Frank Act within 
the same, short one-business-day stay period that applies where the 
FDIC is appointed as receiver \7\ for an IDI under the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Act (``FDIA'').\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ Most of the restrictions applicable to the treatment of QFCs 
by an FDIC receiver also apply to the FDIC in its conservatorship 
capacity. See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8), (9), (10), and (11). While the 
treatment of QFCs by an FDIC conservator is not identical to the 
treatment of QFCs in a receivership, see 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(E) and 
(10)(B)(i)-(ii), for purposes of this preamble reference to the FDIC 
in its receivership capacity includes reference to its role as 
conservator under this statutory authority.
    \8\ 12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. The Proposed Rule

A. Summary

    The proposed rule would amend and restate Part 371 in its entirety. 
The proposed rule would require full scope entities to maintain the 
full complement of data required by Part 148.\9\ Full scope entities 
include IDIs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more as 
well as IDIs (``Part 148 affiliates'') that are affiliates of one or 
more companies required to maintain records pursuant to Part 148. The 
additional data with respect to credit support and collateral, among 
other items, would provide the FDIC as receiver with important 
information as to the risks associated with the QFC portfolio and thus 
assist the FDIC in addressing more complex QFC portfolios. This is 
appropriate for larger institutions that are more likely to have 
significant and more complex QFC portfolios. It also is appropriate for 
Part 148 affiliates, regardless of size. Consistency of recordkeeping 
throughout the entire corporate group

[[Page 95498]]

will provide additional functionality and useful information to the 
FDIC as receiver of an IDI in that group. Moreover, the additional 
burden of this scope of recordkeeping on smaller IDIs that are Part 148 
affiliates should be mitigated, as the information technology 
infrastructure required to comply with Part 371 as proposed to be 
revised would be the same information technology infrastructure that 
the corporate group would need to construct in order to comply with 
Part 148.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ One data row, relating to the status of non-reporting 
subsidiaries under the provisions of Part 148, has been omitted from 
the proposed tables for full scope entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The FDIC decided that the $50 billion total consolidated asset 
threshold for full scope entities was appropriate for several reasons. 
Institutions with this higher threshold are more likely to have larger 
and more complex QFC portfolios. Also, this is the threshold used in 12 
CFR part 360 to identify institutions that are required to file 
resolution plans \10\ and, accordingly, was the subject of comments 
that were considered in the formulation of Part 360 as adopted. The 
considerations that merit additional resolution planning for these 
institutions also apply to the QFC recordkeeping requirements of this 
Part. This threshold also corresponds to the threshold that was 
established for determining which bank holding companies would be 
subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards under Title I 
of the Dodd-Frank Act \11\ and was also adopted by the Financial 
Stability Oversight Council as an initial threshold for identifying 
nonbank financial companies that merit further evaluation as to whether 
they should be designated under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Act.\12\ 
Part 148 also uses a $50 billion threshold.\13\ All of the previously 
described uses of the $50 billion threshold reflect a consensus that it 
is a reasonable cut-off to identify institutions for heightened 
attention and, in the case of QFC records, for requirements that would 
provide quick access to more comprehensive data in the event of 
failure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ 12 CFR 360.10.
    \11\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a).
    \12\ See Financial Stability Oversight Council Guidance for 
Nonbank Financial Company Determinations, 12 CFR part 1310, app. A., 
III.a.
    \13\ $50 billion is also one of the thresholds used in the OCC 
guidelines establishing standards for recovery planning by certain 
large IDIs. See 12 CFR part 30. In its preamble to its 2014 
guidelines establishing heightened standards for certain large IDIs, 
the OCC stated that ``the $50 billion asset criteria is a well 
understood threshold that the OCC and other Federal banking 
regulatory agencies have used to demarcate larger, more complex 
banking organizations from smaller, less complex banking 
organizations.'' 79 FR 54518, 54521-22 (September 11, 2014) (citing 
12 CFR 46.1 (stress testing); 12 CFR 252.30 (enhanced prudential 
standards for bank holding companies with total consolidated assets 
of $50 billion or more)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule makes only limited additions to the data required 
Current Part 371 for IDIs other than full scope entities (``limited 
scope entities'') because the data from the tables with the limited 
additions set forth in the proposed rule will provide sufficient 
information for the FDIC as receiver to take necessary actions with 
respect to QFC portfolios of all but the largest IDIs and IDIs that are 
part of a large group, with extensive QFC portfolios, that are subject 
to Part 148. It is unlikely that most limited scope entities will have 
QFC positions of a magnitude and complexity that would justify the 
added burden of being subject to the full scope of data requirements 
imposed by Part 148. In assessing what additions to information should 
be required for limited scope entities, FDIC staff was informed by its 
experience in administering Part 371.
    Only certain portions of Current Part 371would be substantively 
changed by the proposed rule. The changes include the following: (i) 
The recordkeeping requirements for full scope IDIs would be expanded; 
(ii) full scope IDIs would be required to keep records on the QFC 
activity of certain of their subsidiaries; (iii) the required format 
for QFC records for limited scope IDIs would be revised and a limited 
number of additional data fields would be added for these IDIs; (iv) 
the length of time that certain IDIs have to comply with the rule would 
be increased; (v) changes to the process for obtaining extensions and 
to the permitted duration of extensions for certain types of IDIs; (vi) 
clarifications relating to records access requirements; and (vii) 
certain other changes relating to transition and other matters.

B. Section-By-Section Analysis

1. Scope, Purpose, and Compliance Dates
    Section 371.1 sets forth the scope and purpose of the proposed 
rule, as well as required compliance dates. The expressed purpose of 
Part 371--to establish recordkeeping requirements with respect to QFCs 
for IDIs in a troubled condition--would not change from Current Part 
371.
    Under Current Part 371, an IDI is required to comply with Part 371 
after receiving written notice from the IDI's appropriate Federal 
banking agency or the FDIC that it is in troubled condition under Part 
371. Section 371.1(a) of the proposed rule would provide that Part 371 
applies to an IDI that is a ``records entity.'' A records entity is an 
IDI that has received notice from its appropriate Federal banking 
agency or the FDIC that it is in a troubled condition and has also 
received written notification from the FDIC that it is subject to the 
recordkeeping requirements of Part 371. The proposed rule would include 
a requirement that an IDI receive notification from the FDIC that it is 
subject to Part 371 in order ensure an orderly administration of Part 
371 by the FDIC.
    Section 371.1(c)(1) of the proposed rule would require that, within 
three business days of receiving notice that it is a records entity, an 
IDI must provide the FDIC with the contact information of the person 
who is responsible for the QFC recordkeeping under Part 371 and a 
directory of the electronic files that will be used by the IDI to 
maintain the information required to be kept under Part 371. These 
requirements are substantially similar to those set forth in Current 
Part 371, although the proposed rule would clarify that the contact 
person must be the person responsible for the recordkeeping system, 
rather than simply a knowledgeable person. The electronic file 
directory consists of the file path or paths of the electronic files 
located on the IDI's systems.
    The proposed rule would set forth a different compliance date 
schedule than that set forth in Current Part 371. Under Current Part 
371, an IDI is required to comply with Part 371 within 60 days of being 
notified that it is in troubled condition under Part 371, unless it 
obtains an extension of this deadline. It has been the FDIC's 
experience that some IDIs with significant QFC portfolios that were 
subject to Part 371 needed up to 270 days to establish systems that 
enabled them to maintain QFC records in accordance with Part 371. 
Because extensions under Current Part 371 are limited to 30 days, 
several extensions were necessary.
    Under section 371.1(c)(2)(i) of the proposed rule, all IDIs except 
for an IDI that is an accelerated records entity (as defined in the 
next paragraph) would have 270 days to comply with Part 371. In 
addition, Sec.  371.1(d)(1) of the proposed rule would authorize the 
FDIC to provide extensions of up to 120 days to records entities other 
than accelerated records entities. This proposed change would reduce or 
eliminate the need for repeated extensions for IDIs that are not 
accelerated records entities and thus would reduce the burden on such 
IDIs.
    Accelerated records entities are IDIs with a composite rating of 4 
or 5 or that are determined to be experiencing a significant 
deterioration of capital or significant funding difficulties or 
liquidity stress. In view of the increased risk of near-term failure of 
IDIs that are

[[Page 95499]]

accelerated records entities, accelerated records entities would remain 
subject to a 60-day compliance period and extensions for such entities 
would be limited to 30 days. The 270-day compliance period with 
extensions of up to 120 days is proposed for other records entities 
because those entities do not pose the same near-term failure risk as 
accelerated records entities. The proposed rule, under Sec.  
371.1(c)(2)(iii), would specify that if a records entity that was not 
initially an accelerated records entity becomes an accelerated records 
entity, the entity would be required to comply with this rule within 
the shorter of 60 days from the date it became an accelerated records 
entity or 270 days from the date it became a records entity.
    Section 371.1(d)(3) of the proposed rule would retain the 
requirement of Current Part 371 that written extension requests be 
submitted not less than 15 days prior to the deadline for compliance, 
accompanied by a statement of the reasons why the deadline cannot be 
met. In order to reflect the FDIC's past practice in considering 
extension requests under Part 371, the proposed rule would also 
expressly require that all extension requests include a project plan 
for achieving compliance (including timeline) and a progress report.
2. Definitions
    Section 371.2 contains definitions used in Part 371. The proposed 
rule would add new definitions that reflect the proposed changes to the 
text and tables of Part 371.
    Newly defined terms include ``records entity,'' which is added for 
clarity and conciseness to denote an IDI that is subject to Part 371. 
As previously discussed, the definition would provide that in order to 
be a records entity, and thus subject to Part 371, an IDI must receive 
notice from its appropriate Federal banking agency or the FDIC that it 
is in a troubled condition and must also receive notice from the FDIC 
that it is subject to the recordkeeping requirements of Part 371. The 
definition of records entity would include an IDI already subject to 
the recordkeeping requirements of Part 371 as of the effective date of 
the final rule.
    Current Part 371 defines ``troubled condition'' to mean any IDI 
that (1) has a composite rating, as determined by its appropriate 
Federal banking agency in its most recent report of examination, of 3 
(only for IDIs with total consolidated assets of $10 billion dollars or 
greater), 4, or 5 under the Uniform Financial Institution Rating 
System, or in the case of an insured branch of a foreign bank, an 
equivalent rating; (2) is subject to a proceeding initiated by the FDIC 
for termination or suspension of deposit insurance; (3) is subject to a 
cease-and-desist order or written agreement issued by the appropriate 
Federal banking agency, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), that requires 
action to improve the financial condition of the IDI or is subject to a 
proceeding initiated by the appropriate Federal banking agency which 
contemplates the issuance of an order that requires action to improve 
the financial condition of the IDI, unless otherwise informed in 
writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency; (4) is informed in 
writing by the IDI's appropriate Federal banking agency that it is in 
troubled condition for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831i on the basis of the 
IDI's most recent report of condition or report of examination, or 
other information available to the IDI's appropriate Federal banking 
agency; or (5) is determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency 
or the FDIC in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency 
to be experiencing a significant deterioration of capital or 
significant funding difficulties or liquidity stress, notwithstanding 
the composite rating of the IDI by its appropriate Federal banking 
agency in its most recent report of examination.
    While the proposed rule would make no change to the definition of 
troubled condition, the FDIC notes that the third prong of the 
definition, which addresses IDIs subject to a cease-and-desist order or 
written agreement issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency that 
requires action to improve the financial condition of the IDI \14\ is 
intended to be broadly interpreted to include consent orders, or 
stipulations entered into by, or imposed upon, the IDI pursuant to 12 
U.S.C. 1818(b) of the FDIA. Whether any such consent order or 
stipulation, or any cease-and-desist order or written agreement, 
requires ``action to improve the financial condition'' of the IDI will 
depend on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular order 
or agreement, but it is not limited to an order or agreement that 
specifically mentions adequacy of capital. It may also include, where 
appropriate, factors relating to asset quality, management, earnings, 
liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk, as each factor is defined in 
the FDIC's notice of adoption of policy statement regarding the Uniform 
Financial Institutions Rating System.\15\ For instance, in the case of 
management, an order or agreement that requires improvements in risk 
management practices and internal policies and controls addressing the 
operations and risks of significant activities may fall within the 
scope of orders or agreements that require action to improve the 
financial condition of the IDI within the meaning of the proposed 
rule.\16\ On the other hand, a cease-and-desist order or consent order 
relating to improvements with respect to Bank Secrecy Act reporting 
requirements may not fall within the meaning of an order to improve the 
financial condition of the IDI.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ 12 CFR 371.2(f)(3) (2016).
    \15\ See 62 FR 752 (Jan. 6, 1997).
    \16\ Id. at 755.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed previously, the proposed rule would define an 
``accelerated records entity'' as a records entity with a composite 
rating of 4 or 5 under the Uniform Financial Institution Rating System 
(or in the case of an insured branch of a foreign bank, an equivalent 
rating system), or that is determined to be experiencing a significant 
deterioration of capital or significant funding difficulties or 
liquidity stress, notwithstanding the composite rating of the 
institution by its appropriate Federal banking agency in its most 
recent report of examination.
    The proposed rule would require different recordkeeping 
requirements for ``full scope entities'' and ``limited scope 
entities,'' and adds definitions of those terms for clarity and 
conciseness. The rule would define a full scope entity as a records 
entity that has total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 
billion or that is a Part 148 affiliate. ``Part 148 affiliate'' is 
defined as a records entity that is a member of a corporate group one 
or more other members of which are required to maintain QFC records 
pursuant to Part 148. A limited scope entity would be defined as a 
records entity that is not a full scope entity. As discussed 
previously, the proposed rule would require full scope entities to keep 
more detailed QFC records than limited scope entities.
    The proposed rule would require that full scope entities include, 
among other items, records for their reportable subsidiaries. A 
reportable subsidiary would be defined to include a subsidiary of an 
IDI that is not a functionally regulated subsidiary as defined in 12 
U.S.C. 1844(c)(5), a security-based swap dealer as defined in 15 U.S.C. 
78c(a)(71), or a major security-based swap participant as defined in 15 
U.S.C. 78c(a)(67). Since QFC data for reportable subsidiaries is not 
required to be maintained under Part 148, requiring this information in 
Part 371 would provide the FDIC as receiver with more

[[Page 95500]]

complete recordkeeping for the largest entities, which are likely to 
have more subsidiaries and, as discussed previously, are likely to have 
larger and more complex QFC portfolios.
    The proposed rule would also add a definition for ``business day'' 
that is consistent with the definition of this term used in 12 U.S.C. 
1821(e)(10)(D) and a definition for ``control'' (used in the definition 
of the term ``affiliate''), which is defined consistently with the 
definition of this term in the FDI Act.\17\ In addition, the proposed 
rule would define ``total consolidated assets,'' used in the definition 
of troubled condition and in the definition of full scope entity, as 
total consolidated assets as reported on a records entity's most recent 
audited consolidated statement of financial condition filed with its 
appropriate Federal banking agency.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ 12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(5), which uses the definition set forth 
in 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Minor drafting changes to the definition of ``qualified financial 
contract'' are included in the proposed rule. These changes are for 
clarity only and are not intended to make substantive changes in the 
meaning of this term.
    The proposed rule would also add certain terms in order to clarify 
portions of Part 371, including terms used in the proposed new data 
tables. These terms include ``parent entity,'' ``corporate group,'' 
``counterparty,'' ``amendment effective date,'' ``legal entity 
identifier'' (LEI), and ``subsidiary.''
3. Maintenance of Records
    Section 371.3 of the proposed rule would set forth the requirements 
for maintaining QFC records. As under Current Part 371, paragraph (a) 
of the proposed rule would require that QFC records be maintained in 
electronic form in the format set forth in the Appendices to Part 371, 
unless the records entity qualifies for the exemption from electronic 
recordkeeping for institutions with fewer than 20 QFC positions, and 
that all such records in electronic form be updated on a daily basis. 
In recognition of the value to the FDIC of consistency of recordkeeping 
through an entire corporate group, the proposed rule would add a new 
requirement, in Sec.  371.3(a)(4), that records maintained by a Part 
148 affiliate are compiled consistently with records compiled by its 
affiliates pursuant to Part 148. This would require that an IDI subject 
to Part 371 use the same data inputs (for example, counterparty 
identifier) as the inputs used for reporting pursuant to Part 148. The 
proposed rule would clarify that these updates be based on the previous 
end-of-day values. The proposed rule would require that the records 
entity be capable of providing the preceding day's end-of-day values to 
the FDIC no later than 7:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) each day. The 7:00 a.m. 
deadline is proposed in light of the limited stay period for transfer 
of QFCs by the FDIC as receiver, which ends at 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) 
on the business day following the date of the appointment of the 
receiver.\18\ This deadline represents a clarification of the 
requirement contained in Current Part 371 that IDIs subject to Part 371 
maintain the capacity to produce records at the close of processing on 
a daily basis.\19\ The next-day 7:00 a.m. deadline would be applicable, 
whether or not the day on which access would be required (the next day) 
is a business day, to allow the FDIC to have the maximum time to make 
necessary decisions and take necessary actions with respect to the QFC 
portfolio, even where the IDI is closed on a Friday. Even though, in 
the case of a Friday closing, the next day is not a business day, the 
next day deadline should impose no additional burden on an IDI since 
the proposed rule would require that the IDI be capable of providing 
records on the next day in all circumstances. Finally, the proposed 
rule would extend the 7:00 a.m. deadline if the FDIC does not request 
access to the records at least eight hours before the 7:00 a.m. 
deadline.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(A).
    \19\ See 12 CFR 371.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule would also add a new requirement that electronic 
records be compiled in a manner that permits aggregation and 
disaggregation of such records by counterparty, and if a records entity 
is maintaining records in accordance with Appendix B, by records entity 
and reportable subsidiary. The proposed rule would add a requirement 
that a records entity maintain daily records for a period of not less 
than five business days in order to ensure that there are records 
available to the FDIC that indicate the trends in an institution's QFC 
holdings even before the actual previous end-of-day's records are 
available to the FDIC.
    The proposed rule also would change the requirement in Current Part 
371 with respect to the point of contact at the records entity to 
answer questions with respect to the electronic files being maintained 
at the records entity. Section 371.1(c) of the proposed rule would 
require that records entities provide the FDIC the name and contact 
information for the person responsible for recordkeeping, and Sec.  
371.3(b) would require that the FDIC be notified within 3 business days 
of any change to such information.
    The proposed rule would make no change to the requirement in 
Current Part 371 that a records entity may cease maintaining records 
one year after it ceases to be a records entity or, if it is acquired 
by or merges with an IDI entity that is not in troubled condition, 
following the time it ceases to be a separately insured IDI.
4. Content of Records
    Section 371.4 of the proposed rule would set forth the requirements 
for the content of the QFC records that are required to be maintained 
by records entities. As discussed previously, Section 371.4(b) would 
require a full scope entity to maintain QFC records in accordance with 
Appendix B to Part 371, which requires significantly more comprehensive 
records than are required under Current Part 371. In general, full 
scope entities are likely to have significant QFC portfolios and the 
expanded recordkeeping will facilitate the decisions that must be made 
by the FDIC with respect to these QFC portfolios. Appendix B is 
substantially similar to the tables included in the Part 148 
regulations and, accordingly, if a records entity is an affiliate of an 
entity that is required to keep records under Part 148, it is likely 
that it would be able to use the recordkeeping infrastructure developed 
to comply with Part 148. Consistency of the information as to the IDI 
and its reportable subsidiaries as well as the other entities in the 
corporate group will provide the FDIC with a more comprehensive 
understanding of the QFC exposure of the group.
    Section 371.4 (a) of the proposed rule would require a limited 
scope entity to maintain less comprehensive QFC records under Appendix 
A, which is similar in scope to the Appendix to Current Part 371, with 
the changes discussed under ``7. Appendix A''. Section 371.4(a) would 
give a limited scope entity the option to maintain the more 
comprehensive QFC records required under paragraph (b). The FDIC 
anticipates that if a limited scope entity expects to meet the criteria 
of a full scope entity at some point in the future, it might wish to 
maintain records under Appendix B in order to avoid changing its 
records system.
    The QFC records under Appendices A and B are necessary to assist 
the FDIC in determining, during the short one-business-day stay period 
applicable to QFCs, whether to transfer QFCs.

[[Page 95501]]

    The proposed rule also would require records entities that are 
subject to Sec.  371.4(b) to include information on QFCs to which their 
reportable subsidiaries are a party. This information would be provided 
by the records entity, not the reportable subsidiary. As discussed 
previously, a reportable subsidiary would be defined to include a 
subsidiary of an IDI that is not a functionally regulated subsidiary as 
defined in 12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5), a security-based swap dealer as 
defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71), or a major security-based swap 
participant as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(67). Like IDIs, reportable 
subsidiaries are excluded from the recordkeeping requirements of Part 
148, while information as to subsidiaries that are not reportable 
subsidiaries would be available to the FDIC from information provided 
under Part 148. Without information as to QFCs of reportable 
subsidiaries, the FDIC, as receiver, might not have information that 
would allow it to assess the effect of its transfer and retention 
decisions for QFCs of an IDI on the entire group comprised of the IDI 
and its subsidiaries. While this information would also be useful from 
limited scope entities maintaining information in accordance with 
Appendix A, the FDIC does not believe that the advantage of having this 
information on reportable subsidiaries would outweigh the burden for 
these smaller IDIs which, individually or with their subsidiaries, are 
not expected to normally have significant QFC positions.
    Section 371.4(c) of the proposed rule would provide requirements 
for a records entity that changes its recordkeeping status. It would 
require that a limited scope entity that is maintaining QFC records in 
accordance with the tables in Appendix A that subsequently becomes a 
full scope entity maintain QFC records in accordance with the tables in 
Appendix B within 270 days of becoming a full scope entity or, if it is 
an accelerated records entity, within 60 days. The proposed rule would 
require such an entity to continue to maintain the records under the 
tables in Appendix A until it maintains the QFC records specified in 
the tables to Appendix B. A full scope entity that subsequently becomes 
a limited scope entity would be permitted to opt to maintain records 
under the tables in Appendix A. This entity would be required to 
continue to maintain the records specified in the tables to Appendix B 
until it maintains the records in accordance with Appendix A. The FDIC 
is not requiring a time period for compliance in such instance because 
the records under Appendix B are more comprehensive than the records 
under Appendix A.
    If a limited scope entity that is not yet maintaining QFC records 
in accordance with Appendix A or B becomes a full scope entity, the 
proposed rule would require the records entity to maintain QFC records 
in accordance with Appendix B within 270 days of the date on which it 
became a records entity or, if it is an accelerated records entity, 
within 60 days. The same compliance timeframes would apply to a records 
entity that is a full scope entity that becomes a limited scope entity 
before it maintains QFC records in accordance with Appendix B. These 
compliance periods for records entities that change their recordkeeping 
status reflect the importance to the FDIC of promptly obtaining QFC 
records from IDIs in troubled condition.
    Records entities that experience a change in status, like IDIs 
newly subject to Part 371, would be permitted to apply for extensions 
of time to comply under Sec.  371.1(d).
    The proposed rule would retain the de minimis exception included in 
Current Part 371. This provision allows a records entity with fewer 
than 20 QFC positions at the time it becomes a records entity to 
maintain these records in any format it chooses, including paper 
records, so long as the required records are capable of being updated 
daily, provided that the records entity does not subsequently have 20 
or more QFC positions.
5. Transition for Existing Records Entities
    Section 371.5 of the proposed rule would provide rules for full 
scope entities that are subject to Current Part 371 immediately prior 
to the effective date of the amendments to Part 371 to transition to 
the new recordkeeping requirements included in the proposed rule. 
Limited scope entities that are subject to Current Part 371 immediately 
prior to the effective date of the amendments would not be required to 
transition to the new recordkeeping requirements. If, however, any such 
limited scope entity ceases to be subject to the recordkeeping 
requirements because it ceases to be in troubled condition for one year 
pursuant to Sec.  371.3(d) but subsequently again becomes subject to 
the recordkeeping requirements, at such subsequent time the limited 
scope entity would be subject to the new recordkeeping requirements.
    Under the proposed rule, a full scope entity that is maintaining 
QFC records in accordance with Current Part 371 immediately prior to 
the effective date of the amendments to Part 371 would be required to 
comply with all recordkeeping requirements of Part 371 within 270 days 
after the effective date of the amendments or, in the case of an 
accelerated records entity, 60 days. Any such records entity would also 
be required to continue to maintain the records required by Current 
Part 371 until it maintains the records required by Sec.  371.4(b), as 
applicable.
    Additionally, the proposed rule contains a provision that addresses 
the transition of a full scope entity that is required to keep records 
under the Current Part 371 but is not in compliance with Current Part 
371's recordkeeping requirements immediately prior to the effective 
date of the amendments to Part 371. The proposed rule would require 
such a records entity to comply with the recordkeeping requirements of 
Part 371, as amended, within 270 days after the date that it first 
became a records entity or, in the case of an accelerated records 
entity, 60 days.
    The effect of these provisions would be to provide more time for 
the transition to the recordkeeping requirements of Part 371, as 
amended, for full scope entities that are keeping the records required 
under Current Part 371 and less time for those that are not. The FDIC 
believes that it is reasonable to give IDIs that are actually 
maintaining the information required by Current Part 371 more time to 
transition to the recordkeeping requirements of the amendments to Part 
371 because even in the worst case scenario where the IDI is placed 
into receivership prior to the transition, the FDIC will have some 
information on the QFCs of the IDI to use in making the transfer 
determination. If the transition provisions of the proposed rule were 
to give a full new 270 day period to an IDI already subject to Part 
371, it might be the case that the IDI would be placed into 
receivership prior to providing any of the records required by Current 
Part 371 or the proposed rule.
6. Enforcement Actions
    Section 371.6 of the proposed rule is unchanged from Sec.  371.5 of 
Current Part 371. It provides that violation of Part 371 would subject 
a records entity to enforcement action under Section 8 of the FDI Act 
(12 U.S.C. 1818).
7. Appendix A
    Appendix A of the proposed rule would apply to a records entity 
that is

[[Page 95502]]

a limited scope entity.\20\ The file structure for Appendix A would 
require two data tables: (1) Table A-1--Position-level data and (2) 
Table A-2--Counterparty Netting Set Data. It would also require two 
master data lookup tables: (1) Corporate Org Master Table and (2) 
Counterparty Master Table. Although the scope of Appendix A is 
generally similar to the scope of information required under Current 
Part 371, the approach to the format of the data required is changed. 
All of the proposed tables are expected to be data sets that allow for 
sorting and review using readily available tools which the FDIC expects 
will make them more useful to the institution as well as to the FDIC in 
the event it is appointed as receiver. To accommodate this change in 
format and to make it easier to input and to sort data, the lookup 
tables have been added.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ As discussed previously, a limited scope entity may elect 
to report on the more comprehensive Appendix B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table A-1. Like Table A-1 of Current Part 371, Table A-1 would 
require position level information as to each QFC of a records entity. 
Certain changes have been made with respect to the information required 
on current Table A-1, however, with two data fields eliminated and a 
few others added in proposed Table A-1.
    Specifically, Table A-1 of the proposed rule would make a limited 
number of additions to the rows included in Table A-1 of Current Part 
371 in order to provide ready electronic access to information that 
FDIC staff has found to be important in determining whether to transfer 
or retain QFCs of a failed IDI. These additions include Row A1.1, which 
requires an ``as of'' date. This information is important because a 
records entity often derives data from multiple systems in multiple 
locations and the FDIC needs to be able to expeditiously determine 
whether, due to differences in time zone, legal holidays or other 
factors, any of the data is not current. Other additions are made to 
allow for systematic, electronic identification of parties. Row A1.2 
would require that a records entity identifier be provided and Row A1.4 
would require use of a counterparty identifier. Current Part 371 
requires that a records entity provide a list of counterparty 
identifiers, but the new proposed format will facilitate the prompt and 
accurate identification of counterparties as well as the determination 
of whether they are affiliated entities. This is important because in 
an FDIA resolution, QFCs must be transferred on an all-or-none basis 
with respect to all QFCs entered into with counterparties of the same 
affiliated group. This may, but does not always, comport with 
straightforward netting sets, so the efficient identification of 
affiliated counterparties is critical to the FDIC's decisions that must 
be made within the short one-business-day stay period. In addition, 
proposed Table A-1 would require that the identifier used for records 
entities as well as counterparties be a Legal Entity Identifier 
(``LEI''), if the records entity or counterparty has one. LEIs are 
identifiers maintained for companies by a global organization and are 
increasingly used by financial institutions. Accordingly, their use in 
Part 371 would ensure that variations from formal names do not result 
in the misidentification of a records entity or counterparty and thus 
help ensure that the FDIC satisfies its obligation to transfer all, or 
none, of the QFC positions between a failed IDI and a counterparty and 
its affiliates.
    Proposed new Rows A1.5 and A1.6, which would require that data 
include the internal booking location identifier and the unique booking 
unit or desk identifier of a QFC, are intended to improve the ability 
of the FDIC to identify individuals at a records entity who are 
familiar with a particular position. This can be of major importance to 
the FDIC in determining, during the one business day stay period, 
whether to retain or transfer a QFC. This requirement would replace the 
requirement in Current Part 371 that the table specify a portfolio 
location identifier and provide a list of booking locations.
    Some of the new rows in Table A-1 are designed to provide the FDIC 
with information about other positions or assets of the records entity 
to which a QFC relates. For example, where an interest rate swap 
relates to a loan made by an IDI or to a different swap of the IDI, 
this information would be of critical importance to the FDIC in making 
its determination of whether to transfer or retain that QFC. The FDIA 
provides that a guarantee or other credit enhancement of a QFC is 
itself a QFC.\21\ Under Current Part 371, a guarantee or other credit 
enhancement was reported in the same manner as any other QFC, but 
experience under Current Part 371 made clear that records on guarantees 
and credit enhancements would be clearer and more complete with clear 
information with respect to the type of QFC covered by the enhancement 
and the QFC party whose obligations are being credit enhanced be 
specified. Accordingly, new rows A1.8 and A1.9 would require that 
information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ 12 U.S.C.(e)(8)(D).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Rows A1.19-A1.21 would require additional information as to third 
party credit enhancements in favor of the records entity. This 
information is important to assessing credit risk and net exposure with 
respect to QFCs, which will facilitate decisions with respect to 
transfer of those QFCs. Rows A1.22-A1.24 would require information as 
to positions of the records entity to which the QFC relates. For 
example, these rows would indicate if obligations relating to a loan 
made by the failed IDI are being hedged by the QFC.
    Other proposed changes are intended to facilitate the ability of 
the FDIC to electronically identify positions and governing agreements. 
Rows A1.10-A1.12 would require identifying information regarding the 
QFC master agreement or primary agreement (e.g., the guarantee 
agreement in the case of a guarantee) and, if different, netting 
agreement, in lieu of the requirement in Current Part 371 that these 
agreements be separately listed. Row A1.13 would add a requirement that 
the trade date of a position be specified in order to help the FDIC 
differentiate between different positions with the same counterparty.
    Finally, Table A-1 does not include two data fields in Table A of 
Current Part 371 that in practice have not generally proved to elicit 
useful information. These are the rows that require that the purpose of 
the QFC position and that documentation status be identified.
    Table A-2. Like Table A-2 of Current Part 371, Table A-2 would 
require information as to QFC positions aggregated by counterparty and 
maintained at each level of netting under the relevant governing 
agreement. If a master agreement covers multiple types of transactions, 
but does not require that the different types of transactions be netted 
against each other the net exposures under each type of transaction 
would need to be separately reported. Thus, for example, where a single 
Master Agreement covered both interest rate swaps and forward exchange 
transactions but did not require netting between the swap positions and 
the repo positions, the net exposures of the interest rate swaps would 
be reported separately from the net exposures of the repurchase 
agreements.
    While there are several non-substantive, clarifying drafting 
changes and additions to rows included in the existing Table A-2, the 
substantive additions are limited. Like Table A-1, Table A-2 includes 
new rows that require records entity identifiers,

[[Page 95503]]

information as to third party credit enhancements in favor of the 
records entity and additional information relating to the underlying 
contracts for QFCs that are themselves credit enhancements.
    Rows A2.16-A2.17 would require information as to the next margin 
payment date in order to help the receiver or transferee avoid 
inadvertent defaults and analyze the positions.
    Table A-2 would continue require information as to the net current 
market value of all positions under a netting agreement, but would also 
require that the current positive market value and current negative 
market value of all such positions be separately stated. This break 
down of information would assist the FDIC in its analysis of the net 
overall position.
    Corporate Org Master Table. The proposed rule retains the 
requirement of Current Part 371 for complete information regarding the 
organizational structure of the records entity, however, proposed 
Appendix A would require that a records entity maintain that 
information in the corporate organizational master table in lieu of any 
other form of organizational chart. Requiring this information in this 
format will make this information more easily accessible to the FDIC 
with improved functionality.
    Counterparty Master Table. The FDIA requires that in making a 
transfer of a QFC the receiver must either (1) transfer all QFCs 
between a records entity and a counterparty and the counterparty's 
affiliates to the same transferee IDI, or (2) transfer none of such 
QFCs.\22\ Thus, an understanding of the relationship of the 
counterparties is critical to the FDIC's function as receiver. Current 
Part 371 required this information in the form of a list of affiliates 
of counterparties that are also counterparties to QFC transactions with 
a records entity or its affiliates. The proposed rule would require 
that a records entity maintain this information in the form of a 
counterparty organizational master table that would be completed with 
respect to each counterparty of a records entity. The listing on each 
such table of the immediate and ultimate parent entity of the 
counterparty would enable the FDIC to efficiently and reliably identify 
counterparties that are affiliates of each other without requiring full 
organizational charts of each counterparty group.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Appendix B
    Appendix B of the proposed rule would apply to a records entity 
that is a full scope entity as well as to a limited scope entity that 
elects to use Appendix B rather than Appendix A. As discussed 
previously, Appendix B corresponds to the information required for 
records entities under Part 148. It includes all of the data discussed 
above that is required by Appendix A plus additional information that 
is important for understanding the larger and more complex QFC 
portfolios of the largest IDIs. The file structure for Appendix B would 
require four data tables: (1) Table A-1--Position-level data, (2) Table 
A-2--Counterparty Netting Set Data, (3) Table A-3--Legal Agreements and 
(4) Table A-4--Collateral Detail Data. It would also require four 
master data lookup tables: (1) Corporate Org Master Table, (2) 
Counterparty Master Table, (3) Booking Location Master Table and (4) 
Safekeeping Agent Master Table.
    The most significant additional data required by Appendix B, as 
compared to Appendix A, is provided for in Tables A-3 and A-4 of 
Appendix B. In general, these Tables require additional information 
with respect to the master agreements or other contracts governing QFCs 
as well as additional information regarding collateral supporting QFCs.
    In addition, Tables A-1 and A-2 for these entities require that the 
market value and notional amount of positions be expressed in local 
currencies, as well as in U.S. dollars, and that information as to 
amount of collateral subject to re-hypothecation be provided.
    Table A-3. This table would require specific information as to each 
governing agreement, such as an ISDA master agreement or other netting 
agreement or, in the case of a QFC that is a credit enhancement, the 
agreement governing such credit enhancement. The required information 
would include the agreement's governing law, whether the agreement 
includes a cross-default determined by reference to an entity that is 
not a party to the agreement and, if so, the identity of such other 
party, and contact information for each counterparty.
    The information as to governing law is needed to evaluate whether 
there is any likelihood of different treatment of transfer of the QFC, 
access to collateral or other matters under non-U.S. law. The cross-
default information is necessary so that the likelihood of the QFC 
terminating on account of the insolvency or payment defaults or other 
matters relating to a third party can be analyzed. The counterparty 
contact information may be important in connection with the FDIC's 
obligations under 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10) to take steps reasonably 
calculated to give notice of transfer of a QFC.
    Table A-4. This table would require data as to the different items 
of collateral that support different netting sets. For each netting 
set, this table would require information as to the original face 
amount, local currency, market value, location and jurisdiction of each 
item of collateral provided. This table would also require an 
indication of whether the item of collateral is segregated from other 
assets of the safekeeping agent (which can be a third party or a party 
to the QFC), and whether re-hypothecation of the item of collateral is 
permitted. This data would help the FDIC evaluate the adequacy of 
collateral for each QFC netting set, as well as the potential for the 
collateral to be subject to ring-fencing by a foreign jurisdiction.
    Table A-1. Proposed Table A-1 in Appendix B is very similar to 
proposed Table A-1 in Appendix A. In addition to requiring that data be 
expressed in U.S. dollars, the table as proposed to be included in 
Appendix B requires that certain data also be expressed in local 
currency in order to assist the FDIC's analysis of positions. It also 
requires that the fair value asset classification under GAAP, IFRs or 
other applicable accounting standards be set forth and that additional 
information be provided relating to credit enhancements that benefit a 
QFC counterparty of the records entity.
    Table A-2. Table A-2 in Appendix B is very similar to Table A-2 in 
Appendix A. The only added rows would require information about 
collateral that is subject to re-hypothecation, information as to the 
identity of the safekeeping agent, i.e., the party holding the 
collateral, which can be either a party to the QFC or a third party, 
and information as to credit enhancements that benefit a QFC 
counterparty of the records entity.
    Booking Location Master Table. This master table would require 
certain additional information regarding each QFC, including internal 
booking location identifiers, and booking unit or desk contact 
information. This information would assist the FDIC in locating 
personnel at the IDI with knowledge of the QFC.
    Safekeeping Agent Master Table. This table would provide 
information as to points of contact for each collateral safekeeping 
agent. This information would assist the FDIC in locating personnel at 
the safekeeping agent who are familiar with the collateral and the 
safekeeping arrangements.

[[Page 95504]]

IV. Expected Effects

    The FDIC has considered the expected effects of the proposed rule 
on covered institutions, the financial sector and the U.S. economy. The 
proposed rule will likely pose some costs for covered institutions, but 
by expanding the QFC recordkeeping requirements for institutions in 
troubled condition the proposed rule will enable the FDIC to make 
better informed decisions on how to manage the QFC portfolio of covered 
institutions if they enter into receivership. The proposed rule also 
would harmonize the scope and format of Part 371's QFC recordkeeping 
requirements for full scope entities with the recordkeeping 
requirements under Part 148 and thereby permit IDIs that become subject 
to Part 371 and are members of corporate groups subject to Part 148 to 
use information technology systems developed by their Part 148 
affiliates in order to comply with Part 371. Finally, by enabling the 
FDIC to more efficiently evaluate and understand QFC portfolios the 
proposed rule will help the FDIC as receiver minimize unintended 
defaults through failures to make timely payments or collateral 
deliveries to QFC counterparties.
    During the financial crisis of 2008 and ensuing recession many 
banks failed, some of which were party to significant volumes of QFCs. 
Through its experience of working with banks in troubled condition that 
were establishing systems to comply with the recordkeeping requirements 
of Current Part 371, the FDIC concluded that institutions with larger 
and more complex portfolios of QFCs would be more difficult to resolve 
in an efficient manner unless more QFC information was readily 
accessible. Readily available information on collateral, guarantees, 
credit enhancements, etc. would be necessary to evaluate counterparty 
risk and maximize value to the receivership. The proposed rule should 
provide benefits by reducing the likelihood that a future failure of an 
insured depository institution with a large and complex portfolio of 
QFCs could result in unnecessary losses to the receivership.
Full Scope Entities
    The proposed rule would likely result in large implementation costs 
for full scope entities. Significantly more information on QFCs is 
required to be maintained by the proposed rule relative to Current Part 
371, including additional information as to collateral, guarantees and 
credit enhancements. The added information would enable the FDIC to 
more accurately assess and understand the QFC portfolios of 
institutions this size, which are more likely to be large and complex 
than the QFC portfolios of limited scope entities. As of September 
30th, 2016, based on Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income as of 
that date, there were 40 FDIC-insured institutions with consolidated 
assets in excess of $50 billion. There are another 29 FDIC-insured 
institutions with consolidated assets of less than $50 billion that are 
members of corporate groups that are subject to Part 148, resulting in 
a total of 69 potential full-scope entities. In the event that one of 
these institutions becomes in a troubled condition, as defined in the 
rule, the FDIC assumes that, on average, it will take approximately 
3,000 labor hours to comply with the recordkeeping requirements of the 
proposed revisions to Part 371 for full scope entities over and above 
the amount of time that would be expected to be required in order to 
comply with Current Part 371 for comparable entities. The 
implementation costs borne by covered institutions primarily include 
costs that would be incurred in order to accommodate the proposed new 
data elements. They are anticipated to be incurred when an institution 
becomes in a troubled condition and begins maintaining the QFC 
information in accordance with Part 371. Full scope entities that are 
subject to Current Part 371 when the final rule becomes effective could 
incur some transition expenses. Ongoing costs of recordkeeping for the 
proposed rule are assumed to be approximately similar to those under 
Current Part 371. The labor hours necessary to comply with the proposed 
rule will vary greatly for each institution depending upon the size and 
complexity of the QFC portfolio, the efficiency of the institution's 
QFC information management system(s), and the availability and 
accessibility of information on QFCs. Therefore, they are difficult to 
accurately estimate. Additionally, some costs related to complying with 
the rule might be ameliorated for an institution that is part of a 
corporate group subject to the Part 148, since its parent company may 
have already developed the capacity to meet the recordkeeping 
requirements for Part 148, which cover the same information, in the 
same format, as the proposed rule.
    Finally, any implementation costs of the proposed rule are 
contingent upon an entity becoming in a troubled condition and subject 
to the proposed rule. Based on FDIC supervisory experience, it is 
estimated that two full scope entities per year, on average, will be 
subject to the recordkeeping requirements of the proposed rule. It is 
anticipated that the proposed rule would result in an additional 6,000 
labor hours per year for covered institutions.\23\ To comply with the 
recordkeeping requirements of the rule it is assumed that IDIs in 
troubled condition will employ attorneys, compliance officers, credit 
analysts, computer programmers, computer systems analysts, database 
administrators, financial managers, and computer information systems 
managers. The FDIC has estimated that the average hourly wage rate for 
recordkeepers to comply with the recordkeeping burden is approximately 
$57 per hour based on average hourly wage information by occupation 
from the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.\24\ 
Therefore the FDIC estimates that the proposed rule will pose 
approximately $342,000 in expected additional compliance costs on 
average, each year, for full scope entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ This estimate is potentially somewhat greater than would be 
expected based upon past practice for two reasons. First, not all 
institutions that become in a troubled condition ultimately complete 
recordkeeping compliance, as their condition may improve so that 
they are no longer in a troubled condition before the commencement 
or completion of recordkeeping. Secondly, the same institution may 
have cycled in and out of troubled condition more than once in the 
16-year look back period and therefore their recordkeeping costs may 
have been counted more than once. The additional recordkeeping costs 
could be significantly lower for subsequent instances of 
institutions becoming in troubled condition because the 
recordkeeping procedures and systems have already been established.
    \24\ Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has not been 
adjusted for inflation. The average hourly wage estimate is derived 
from May 2015 Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the 
Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for occupations in depository 
credit intermediation organizations. Hourly wage rates represent the 
75th percentile for Legal Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers 
($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12), Database Administrators 
($54.25), Compliance Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99), 
Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and Information Systems 
Managers ($78.17).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Limited Scope Entities
    The proposed rule would likely pose some costs for limited scope 
entities, but those costs would be relatively small. Only slightly more 
QFC information is required to be maintained by limited scope entities 
to comply with the proposed rule relative to Current Part 371. The FDIC 
is proposing to remove three data elements from the Current Part 371 
recordkeeping requirements while adding less than twenty additional 
data elements. The FDIC understands that most of the added data 
elements cover information

[[Page 95505]]

that is either information that an IDI would need to ascertain in order 
to comply with Current Part 371 or that would otherwise be readily 
available to the IDI.
    As of September 30th, 2016 there were 6,009 FDIC-insured 
institutions with total consolidated assets less than $50 billion. Of 
those institutions only 1,238 (21 percent) reported some amount of 
QFCs.\25\ To estimate the number of institutions affected by the 
proposed rule the FDIC analyzed the frequency with which FDIC-insured 
institutions with consolidated assets of less than $50 billion became 
in a troubled condition. Based on supervisory experience, it is 
estimated that limited scope entities become in a troubled condition 
310 times per year on average. The annual average estimate of 
institutions in troubled condition with consolidated assets of less 
than $50 billion is adjusted to 65 to reflect the number of 
institutions in troubled condition that are likely to be a party to 
some volume of QFCs, and therefore subject to the proposed rule.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income, September 30, 
2016.
    \26\ 1,238 FDIC-insured institutions out of 6,009 reported some 
volume of QFCs on their Consolidated Reports of Condition and 
Income. Therefore it is estimated that only 21 percent of the 
historical average annual rate of institutions in a troubled 
condition had some volume of QFCs (310*0.21 = 65).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the event that a limited scope entity becomes in a troubled 
condition, the FDIC assumes that it will take approximately 5 labor 
hours, on average, to comply with the added recordkeeping requirements 
of the proposed revisions to Part 371. The implementation costs borne 
by covered institutions primarily include costs that would be incurred 
in order to accommodate the proposed new data elements. They are 
anticipated to be incurred when an institution becomes in a troubled 
condition and begins maintaining the QFC information in accordance with 
Part 371. Ongoing costs of recordkeeping for the proposed rule are 
assumed to be approximately similar to those under Current Part 371. 
Therefore, the FDIC estimates that the added compliance costs 
associated with the proposed rule are 325 hours annually \27\ for 
limited scope entities that are likely to become in a troubled 
condition.\28\ However, assuming that the proportion of limited scope 
entities that become in a troubled condition in future years remains 
constant, 29 of the 65 estimated average annual limited scope entities 
that are likely to become in a troubled condition have less than $550 
million in assets. They are therefore likely to have insignificant 
volumes of QFCs and an associated burden estimate of 1 hour or less. 
The labor hours necessary to comply with the proposed rule will vary 
greatly for each institution depending upon the size and complexity of 
its QFC portfolio, the efficiency of the institution's QFC information 
management system(s) and the availability and accessibility of 
information on QFCs. Therefore, the added compliance costs associated 
with the proposed rule are difficult to accurately estimate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ The estimated average annual compliance burden hours for 
limited scope entities is the calculated as 65*5 hours, which equals 
325 hours.
    \28\ As discussed previously with respect to full scope 
entities, this estimate is potentially somewhat greater than would 
be expected based upon past practice for two reasons. First, not all 
institutions that become in a troubled condition ultimately complete 
recordkeeping compliance, as their condition may improve so that 
they are no longer in a troubled condition before the commencement 
or completion of recordkeeping. Secondly, some institutions may be 
double-counted, because the same institution may have cycled in and 
out of troubled condition more than once in the 16-year look back 
period. The additional recordkeeping costs could be significantly 
lower the second time around.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To comply with the recordkeeping requirements of the rule it is 
assumed that entities in troubled condition will employ attorneys, 
compliance officers, credit analysts, computer programmers, computer 
systems analysts, database administrators, financial managers, and 
computer information systems managers. The FDIC has estimated that the 
average hourly wage rate for recordkeepers to comply with the initial 
recordkeeping burden is approximately $57 per hour based on average 
hourly wage information by occupation from the U.S. Department of 
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.\29\ Therefore the FDIC estimates 
that the proposed rule would pose approximately $19,000 in expected 
compliance costs each year on average, for limited scope entities. 
However, the costs realized by limited scope entities as a result of 
the proposed rule are likely to be lower in the first few years given 
that the proposed rule allows covered entities already maintaining 
information in accordance with the current Part 371 rule to continue to 
do so.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has not been 
adjusted for inflation. The average hourly wage estimate is derived 
from May 2015 Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the 
Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for depository credit 
intermediation occupations. Hourly wage rates represent the 75th 
percentile for Legal Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers 
($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12), Database Administrators 
($54.25), Compliance Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99), 
Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and Information Systems 
Managers ($78.17).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

All Covered Entities
    The total estimated compliance costs for all covered entities, both 
full scope and limited scope, is approximately $361,000 each year. The 
realized compliance costs for covered entities are dependent upon 
future utilization rates of QFCs, and the propensity of institutions to 
become troubled. Therefore it is difficult to accurately estimate.
    The proposed rule provides some relief from compliance costs 
relative to Current Part 371 by extending the time period allotted for 
an institution in troubled condition to start maintaining the required 
QFC information from 60 days to 270 days, with the exception of 
accelerated records entities. It has been the FDIC's experience that 
large institutions with complex QFC portfolios had difficulty meeting 
the current 60-day compliance deadline. Failure to meet the initial 
deadline necessitated multiple rounds of extension requests that were 
cumbersome and time-consuming for institutions in troubled condition 
and their primary regulator. By extending the compliance period to 270 
days for all institutions, both ``full scope'' and ``limited scope'' 
entities, the proposed rule will reduce the overall compliance costs. 
Along with the extended compliance period the proposed rule also 
requires institutions to include a project plan with their extension 
request. However, the proposed inclusion of the project plan provision 
reflects current FDIC practice, and therefore, poses no additional 
burden.
    The proposed rule would harmonize QFC recordkeeping requirements 
for full scope entities in troubled condition with the Part 148 
requirements for other members of their corporate groups. This 
harmonization benefits these IDIs by enabling them to reduce costs by 
using information technology created for compliance with Part 148 by 
other members of their corporate group. Moreover, consistency of 
reporting across the corporate group would benefit the FDIC as receiver 
by enabling it to better analyze how an IDI's QFC positions relate to 
QFC positions of other members of the corporate group.
    The proposed rule should also provide indirect benefits to QFC 
counterparties of institutions in troubled condition by helping the 
FDIC as receiver avoid unintended payment or delivery disruptions. The 
additional information required by the proposed rule includes detailed 
information about collateral, guarantees and credit enhancements which 
will significantly enhance the ability of the FDIC to

[[Page 95506]]

judiciously exercise its rights and responsibilities related to QFC 
portfolios for institutions in troubled condition within the statutory 
one-business day stay period.

V. Alternatives Considered

    The FDIC considered a number of alternatives in developing the 
proposed rule. The major alternatives include: (i) Expanding the 
recordkeeping scope to include IDIs subject to any cease-and-desist 
order by, or written agreement with, the appropriate federal banking 
agency; (ii) expanding the recordkeeping scope for records entities to 
include all subsidiaries; (iii) recordkeeping thresholds of above and 
below $10 billion or $50 billion in total consolidated assets; (iv) 
requiring all records entities to maintain QFC records under the tables 
in Appendix B; (iv) requiring the same compliance period for all 
records entities; (v) not requiring existing full scope records 
entities to transition to the new recordkeeping requirements; and (vi) 
requiring existing limited scope entities to transition to the new 
recordkeeping requirements.
    The FDIC considered expanding the definition of ``troubled 
condition'' to include all cease-and-desist orders or written 
agreements issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency in addition 
to those requiring action to improve the financial condition of an IDI. 
In reviewing the types of orders and agreements, including stipulations 
and consent orders, that may be issued or entered into, the FDIC 
determined that the requirement with respect to an action to improve 
the financial condition of the IDI is appropriate because it is more 
likely that such orders relate to an institution for which failure is 
less remote than is likely the case in connection with other types of 
orders and agreements. As a result, the FDIC decided not to expand this 
prong of the definition of ``troubled condition.'' Nonetheless, this 
preamble clarifies (in section III.B.2) that an ``action to improve the 
financial condition,'' for purposes of this Part, may include, but is 
not limited to, an action to improve capital adequacy, asset quality, 
management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk.
    The FDIC also considered requiring IDIs that report on Appendix B 
to report QFC information for all subsidiaries rather than only 
``reportable subsidiaries.'' However, expanding the scope of 
recordkeeping to all subsidiaries would be burdensome and would also be 
redundant for corporate groups that are subject to Part 148 because QFC 
information for subsidiaries that are not reportable subsidiaries 
(other than IDIs and insurance companies) is required under Part 148.
    In determining the scope of recordkeeping for records entities, the 
FDIC considered total consolidated asset thresholds above and below $50 
billion. As discussed under ``III.A The Proposed Rule, Summary'', the 
FDIC determined the $50 billion threshold was appropriate because 
institutions at or above this threshold are more likely to have complex 
QFC portfolios and it is an asset level used in the several regulations 
cited in the above section that has been deemed appropriate for 
enhanced regulation and supervision. The FDIC determined that a 
threshold below $50 billion would impact smaller IDIs and unduly burden 
community banks.
    The proposed rule requires certain records entities, as described 
previously, to maintain QFC records according to the tables in Appendix 
A or B depending on the size of the records entity.
    The FDIC considered requiring the same compliance period for all 
records entities subject to this Part. Based on its experience, the 
FDIC has found that the longer period (270 days) is appropriate for 
larger entities. Larger entities that are required to report on 
Appendix B due to a composite CAMEL rating of 3 generally need a longer 
period to comply and, because an entity with a composite CAMEL rating 
of 3 is less likely to fail imminently, the additional time for 
recordkeeping should not pose significant additional risks that the 
FDIC as receiver will lack the information it needs with respect to the 
QFC portfolio. Entities with a composite CAMEL rating of 4 or 5 pose 
greater risk of near-term failure. For the same reason, the proposed 
rule would not increase the length of extensions available for 4 and 5 
rated entities (30 days), regardless of their size. Although it may not 
be feasible for large entities with complex QFC portfolios to complete 
the recordkeeping requirements within 60 days, the short deadline with 
the requirement that extension requests be accompanied by progress 
reports and action plans will help assure that the recordkeeping 
requirements are being met in the most expeditious manner and that 
appropriate resources are being devoted to the effort by the IDI in 
troubled condition.
    Finally, the FDIC considered other transition requirements. The 
alternative of not requiring transition to the new recordkeeping 
requirements by full scope entities was rejected because of the 
importance of having available for these entities, that are more likely 
to have complex QFC portfolios, all of the additional information 
included in the proposed rule, should such an entity become subject to 
receivership. The FDIC also considered requiring existing limited scope 
entities to transition to the new recordkeeping requirements, but 
determined that given the limited nature of almost all existing limited 
scope entity QFC portfolios the added burden would exceed the benefit 
of requiring this transition.

VI. Request for Comments

    The FDIC invites comments on all aspects of the proposed rule and 
requests feedback on the following specific questions.

A. Scope of Coverage

    The proposed rule requires records entities, which are IDIs in 
troubled condition that receive notice from the FDIC that it is subject 
to this rule, to maintain QFC records in compliance with the provisions 
of this Part.
     Should the definition of ``troubled condition'' be 
modified to increase or decrease the scope of IDIs that potentially may 
be subject to this rule? If so, how?

B. Requirements

    Records entities would be required to maintain QFC records subject 
to the provisions of this Part. The FDIC requests comments on all 
aspects of the proposed requirement. In particular:
     Should the same compliance periods apply to all records 
entities, including accelerated records entities and existing records 
entities?
     Are the compliance periods in the proposed rule 
appropriate? If not, how much time should be provided?
     A full scope entity is a records entity that has total 
consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 billion or that is a 
member of a corporate group where at least one affiliate is required to 
maintain QFC records pursuant to 31 CFR part 148. Is the full scope 
entity threshold of $50 billion in total consolidated assets 
appropriate? If not, what threshold would be more appropriate and why?
     Are the differences in recordkeeping requirements between 
full scope and limited scope entities appropriate? Are the additional 
requirements of Appendix B appropriate?
     Should a limited scope entity be required to report under 
the tables in Appendix A, Appendix B, or be given the option of either 
Appendix A or B?
     Should a records entity be provided a compliance timeframe 
when transitioning from being required to

[[Page 95507]]

maintain records under the tables in Appendix B to deciding on 
maintaining records under the tables in Appendix A?
     Should a limited scope entity have the option to maintain 
records under Appendix B in anticipation of meeting the criteria of a 
full scope entity at some point in the future?
     Are there any data fields in the proposed tables of 
Appendix A or Appendix B that should be modified? Which fields and why?
     Are there any additional data fields that should be 
included in the tables of Appendix A or Appendix B? What fields and 
why?
     Is the proposed 7:00 a.m. deadline for an IDI to be 
capable of providing records to the FDIC unduly burdensome?
     Is the new information that would be required of limited 
scope entities information that such entities would maintain in order 
to comply with Current Part 371 or information that is otherwise 
readily available to such entities? For example, would an IDI with a 
QFC that benefits from a guarantee ordinarily keep records concerning 
the guarantor? Would an IDI that is required to provide margin under 
its QFC ordinarily keep track of current margin delivery requirements 
either by keeping its own records or having access to data made 
available by its counterparty? Do the proposed changes to the 
recordkeeping requirements for limited scope entities impose a 
significant new burden on these entities as compared to the 
requirements currently in effect? If so, which aspects of the proposed 
requirements are significantly burdensome? Please be as specific as 
possible in your comments and quantify costs where possible.

C. Implementation

    The FDIC recognizes implementing information technology systems 
that will be required for compliance with this Part will take time and 
has proposed 270 days for records entities other than accelerated 
records entities and 60 days for accelerated records entities.
     Are there any aspects of the requirements that would take 
more time to implement? Which aspects and why? How much more time would 
be required?
     Should accelerated records entities be given more or less 
time to comply with the recordkeeping requirements than is provided in 
the proposed rule? How much time and why?
     Regarding Sec.  371.5 (Transition for Existing Records 
Entities), should records entities that are not maintaining records 
under Part 371 at the time the proposed amendments to Part 371 become 
effective be given the same amount of time to comply with the 
recordkeeping requirements of this Part, as amended, as records 
entities that are maintaining such records on the effective date?
     Should existing full scope entities that are maintaining 
records in accordance with Part 371 when the proposed amendments become 
effective be required to transition to the new recordkeeping 
requirements?
     Should existing limited scope entities be required to 
transition to the new recordkeeping requirements?

D. Benefits and Costs

    The proposed rule would impose costs on certain records entities, 
but it would also provide some benefits.
     To what extent would the proposed rule impact the QFC 
recordkeeping operations and IT systems normally maintained by IDIs?
     What would be the costs or savings associated with these 
changes?
     By aligning the data requirements of Part 371 with those 
of Part 148, would it reduce the burden on corporate groups that are 
subject to the QFC recordkeeping requirements of both Part 148 and that 
contain an IDI subject to Part 371? Please quantify costs or burden to 
the extent possible.
     How burdensome would it be for a records entity that is 
maintaining records according to the appendix and tables in the 
existing Part 371 to transition to the requirements of Appendix B? What 
costs would be associated with that burden?

VII. Regulatory Process

A. Paperwork Reduction Act

    In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act 
of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq., the FDIC may not conduct or 
sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an 
information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The FDIC has determined 
that this proposed rule would revise an existing collection of 
information. The FDIC will request approval from the OMB for this 
proposed information collection. OMB will assign an OMB control number.
    Certain provisions of the proposed rule contain ``collection of 
information'' requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521). In accordance with 
the requirements of the PRA, the FDIC may not conduct or sponsor, and 
the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection 
unless it displays a currently-valid Office of Management and Budget 
(OMB) control number. The OMB control number is 3064-0163 and will be 
revised. The information collection requirements contained in this 
proposed rulemaking will be submitted by the FDIC to OMB for review and 
approval under section 3507(d) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) and Sec.  
1320.11 of the OMB's implementing regulations (5 CFR 1320.11).
    As discussed above, the FDIC proposes to amend its regulations 
regarding Part 371 which requires IDIs in a troubled condition to keep 
records relating to QFCs to which they are party. The FDIC estimates 
that the total compliance burden for covered entities, including full 
scope and limited scope entities, is as follows:

[[Page 95508]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Estimated                                 Total annual
                                                                 Estimated       Estimated       time per                                    estimated
             Title                      Type of burden           number of       number of       response       Frequency  of response        burden
                                                                respondents      responses        (hours)                                     (hours)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full Scope Entities:             Recordkeeping..............               2               1           3,000  On Occasion...............           6,000
 Recordkeeping related to QFCs
 to which they are a party when
 they are in troubled condition.
Limited Scope Entities:          Recordkeeping..............              65               1               5  On Occasion...............             325
 Recordkeeping related to QFCs
 to which they are a party when
 they are in troubled condition.
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Burden...............  ...........................  ..............  ..............  ..............  ..........................           6,325
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Comments are invited on:
    (a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the 
proper performance of the agencies' functions, including whether the 
information has practical utility;
    (b) The accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information 
collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions 
used;
    (c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the 
information to be collected; and
    (d) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, 
maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
    All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments on 
aspects of this notice that may affect reporting, recordkeeping, or 
disclosure requirements and burden estimates should be sent to the 
addresses listed in the ADDRESSES section of this document. A copy of 
the comments may also be submitted to the OMB desk officer for the 
agencies: By mail to U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th 
Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC 20503; by facsimile to (202) 395-
5806; or by email to: oira_submission@omb.eop.gov, Attention, Federal 
Banking Agency Desk Officer.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 
requires an agency to provide an initial regulatory flexibility 
analysis with a proposed rule, unless the agency certifies that the 
rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities (defined by the Small Business Administration 
for purposes of the RFA to include banking entities with total assets 
of $550 million or less).
    For the same reasons as stated in the NPR of the existing Part 371 
(73 FR 43635, 43640 (July 28, 2008)), the proposed rule would not have 
a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. Most small entities do not participate in capital markets 
involving QFCs since QFCs are ``generally sophisticated financial 
instruments that are usually used by larger financial institutions to 
hedge assets, provide funding, or increase income.'' Id. According to 
data from the September 30th, 2016 Consolidated Reports of Condition 
and Income the FDIC insures 4,748 small depository institutions and 543 
(11 percent) report some volume of QFCs. To estimate the number of 
small institutions affected by the proposed rule the FDIC analyzed the 
frequency with which FDIC-insured institutions with consolidated assets 
less than $550 million became in a troubled condition. Based on FDIC 
supervisory experience, it is estimated that small institutions became 
in a troubled condition 267 times per year on average. The annual 
average estimate of institutions in troubled condition with 
consolidated assets less than $550 million is adjusted to 29 to reflect 
the number of institutions in troubled condition that are likely to be 
a party to some volume of QFCs, and therefore subject to the proposed 
rule.\30\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ 543 small FDIC-insured institutions out of 4,748 reported 
some volume of QFCs on their Consolidated Reports of Condition and 
Income. Therefore it is estimated that only 11 percent of the 
historical average annual rate of small institutions in a troubled 
condition had some volume of QFCs (267*0.11 = 29).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the event that one of these small institutions becomes in a 
troubled condition, the FDIC assumes that it will take approximately 
one labor hour, on average, to comply with the added recordkeeping 
requirements of the proposed revisions to Part 371. Small depository 
institutions generally do not have large and complex portfolios of QFCs 
and, therefore, the anticipated burden hours associated with the 
proposed rule is going to be low. Accordingly, the FDIC estimates that 
the added compliance costs associated with the proposed rule are 29 
hours annually for all small institutions with some volume of QFCs that 
become in a troubled condition. The labor hours necessary to comply 
with the proposed rule will vary greatly for each institution depending 
upon the size and complexity of the QFC portfolio, the efficiency of 
the institution's QFC information management system(s) and the 
availability and accessibility of information on QFCs.
    To comply with the recordkeeping requirements of the rule it is 
assumed that entities in troubled condition will employ attorneys, 
compliance officers, credit analysts, computer programmers, computer 
systems analysts, database administrators, financial managers, and 
computer information systems managers. The FDIC has estimated that the 
average hourly wage rate for recordkeepers to comply with the initial 
recordkeeping burden is approximately $57 per hour based on average 
hourly wage information by occupation from the U.S. Department of 
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.\31\ Therefore the FDIC estimates 
that the proposed rule would pose $1,653 in expected compliance costs 
each year on average, for small depository institutions. However, the 
costs realized by limited scope entities as a result of the proposed 
rule are likely to be lower in the first few years given that the 
proposed rule allows covered entities already maintaining information 
in accordance with the

[[Page 95509]]

current Part 371 rule to continue to do so. For these reasons, the FDIC 
hereby certifies that the proposed rule would not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has not been 
adjusted for inflation. The average hourly wage estimate is derived 
from May 2015 Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the 
Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for depository credit 
intermediation occupations. Hourly wage rates represent the 75th 
percentile for Legal Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers 
($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12), Database Administrators 
($54.25), Compliance Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99), 
Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and Information Systems 
Managers ($78.17).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999

    The FDIC has determined that the proposed rule will not affect 
family well-being within the meaning of section 654 of the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus 
Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 
(Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681).

D. Plain Language

    Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, sec. 
722, 113 Stat. 1338, 1471 (1999)) requires the FDIC to use plain 
language in all proposed and final rules published after January 1, 
2000. The FDIC invites your comments on how to make this proposed rule 
easier to understand. For example:
     Has the FDIC organized the material to suit your needs? If 
not, how could this material be better organized?
     Are the requirements in the proposed regulation clearly 
stated? If not, how could the regulation be stated more clearly?
     Does the proposed regulation contain language or jargon 
that is unclear? If so, which language requires clarification?
     Would a different format (grouping and order of sections, 
use of headings, paragraphing) make the regulation easier to 
understand? If so, what changes to the format would make the regulation 
easier to understand?
     What else could the FDIC do to make the regulation easier 
to understand?

Text of the Proposed Rule

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

12 CFR Chapter III

List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 371

    Administrative practice and procedure, Bank deposit insurance, 
Banking, Banks, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities, 
State non-member banks.

Authority and Issuance

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Federal Insurance 
Deposit Corporation proposes to revise 12 CFR part 371 to read as 
follows:

PART 371--RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFIED FINANCIAL 
CONTRACTS

Sec.
371.1 Scope, purpose, and compliance dates.
371.2 Definitions.
371.3 Maintenance of records.
371.4 Content of records.
371.5 Enforcement actions.
Appendix A to Part 371--File structure for qualified financial 
contract records for Limited Scope Entities.
Appendix B to Part 371--File structure for qualified financial 
contract records for Full Scope Entities.

    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1819(a)(Tenth); 1820(g); 1821(e)(8)(D) and 
(H); 1831g; 1831i; and 1831s.


Sec.  371.1  Scope, purpose, and compliance dates.

    (a) Scope. This part applies to each insured depository institution 
that qualifies as a ``records entity'' under the definition set forth 
in Sec.  371.2(q).
    (b) Purpose. This part establishes recordkeeping requirements with 
respect to qualified financial contracts for insured depository 
institutions that are in a troubled condition.
    (c) Compliance Dates. (1) Within 3 business days of becoming a 
records entity, the records entity shall provide to the FDIC, in 
writing, the name and contact information for the person at the records 
entity who is responsible for recordkeeping under this part and, unless 
not required to maintain files in electronic form pursuant to Sec.  
371.4(d), a directory of the electronic files that will be used to 
maintain the information required to be kept by this part.
    (2) Except as provided in Sec.  371.5:
    (i) A records entity, other than an accelerated records entity, 
shall comply with all applicable recordkeeping requirements of this 
part within 270 days after it becomes a records entity.
    (ii) An accelerated records entity shall comply with all applicable 
recordkeeping requirements of this part within 60 days after it becomes 
a records entity.
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 
section, a records entity that becomes an accelerated records entity 
after it became a records entity shall comply with all applicable 
recordkeeping requirements of this part within 60 days after it becomes 
an accelerated records entity or its original 270 day compliance 
period, whichever time period is shorter.
    (d) Extensions of time to comply. The FDIC may, in its discretion, 
grant one or more extensions of time for compliance with the 
recordkeeping requirements of this part.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, no 
single extension for a records entity shall be for a period of more 
than 120 days.
    (2) For a records entity that is an accelerated records entity at 
the time of a request for an extension, no single extension shall be 
for a period of more than 30 days.
    (3) A records entity may request an extension of time by submitting 
a written request to the FDIC at least 15 days prior to the deadline 
for its compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of this part. 
The written request for an extension must contain a statement of the 
reasons why the records entity cannot comply by the deadline for 
compliance, a project plan (including timeline) for achieving 
compliance, and a progress report describing the steps taken to achieve 
compliance.


Sec.  371.2  Definitions.

    For purposes of this part:
    (a) Accelerated records entity means a records entity that:
    (1) Has a composite rating, as determined by its appropriate 
Federal banking agency in its most recent report of examination, of 4 
or 5 under the Uniform Financial Institution Rating System, or in the 
case of an insured branch of a foreign bank, an equivalent rating; or
    (2) Is determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency or by 
the FDIC in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency to 
be experiencing a significant deterioration of capital or significant 
funding difficulties or liquidity stress, notwithstanding the composite 
rating of the institution by its appropriate Federal banking agency in 
its most recent report of examination.
    (b) Affiliate means any entity that controls, is controlled by, or 
is under common control with another entity.
    (c) Amendment Effective Date means [insert effective date of 
amendment].
    (d) Appropriate Federal banking agency means the agency or agencies 
designated under 12 U.S.C. 1813(q).
    (e) Business day means any day other than any Saturday, Sunday or 
any day on which either the New York Stock Exchange or the Federal 
Reserve Bank of New York is closed.
    (f) Control. An entity controls another entity if:
    (1) The entity directly or indirectly or acting through one or more 
persons owns, controls, or has power to vote 25 per centum or more of 
any class of voting securities of the other entity;
    (2) The entity controls in any manner the election of a majority of 
the directors or trustees of the other entity; or

[[Page 95510]]

    (3) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has 
determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing in accordance with 
12 CFR 225.31, that the entity directly or indirectly exercises a 
controlling influence over the management or policies of the other 
entity.
    (g) Corporate group means an entity and all affiliates of that 
entity.
    (h) Counterparty means any natural person or entity (or separate 
non-U.S. branch of any entity) that is a party to a QFC with a records 
entity or, if the records entity is required or chooses to maintain the 
records specified in Sec.  371.4(b), a reportable subsidiary of such 
records entity.
    (i) Full scope entity means a records entity that has total 
consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50 billion or that is a 
Part 148 affiliate.
    (j) Insured depository institution means any bank or savings 
association, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813, the deposits of which are 
insured by the FDIC.
    (k) Legal entity identifier or LEI for an entity means the global 
legal entity identifier maintained for such entity by a utility 
accredited by the Global LEI Foundation or by a utility endorsed by the 
Regulatory Oversight Committee. As used in this definition:
    (1) Regulatory Oversight Committee means the Regulatory Oversight 
Committee (of the Global LEI System), whose charter was set forth by 
the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of the Group of Twenty 
and the Financial Stability Board, or any successor thereof; and
    (2) Global LEI Foundation means the not-for-profit organization 
organized under Swiss law by the Financial Stability Board in 2014, or 
any successor thereof.
    (l) Limited scope entity means a records entity that is not a full 
scope entity.
    (m) Parent entity with respect to an entity means an entity that 
controls that entity.
    (n) Part 148 affiliate means a records entity that is a member of a 
corporate group one or more other members of which are required to 
maintain QFC records pursuant to 31 CFR part 148.
    (o) Position means an individual transaction under a qualified 
financial contract and includes the rights and obligations of a person 
or entity as a party to an individual transaction under a qualified 
financial contract.
    (p) Qualified financial contract or QFC means any qualified 
financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(D), and any 
agreement or transaction that the FDIC determines by regulation, 
resolution, or order to be a QFC, including without limitation, any 
securities contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase 
agreement, and swap agreement.
    (q) Records entity means any insured depository institution that 
has received written notice from the institution's appropriate Federal 
banking agency or the FDIC that it is in a troubled condition and 
written notice from the FDIC that it is subject to the recordkeeping 
requirements of this part.
    (r) Reportable subsidiary means any subsidiary of a records entity 
that is not:
    (1) A functionally regulated subsidiary as defined in 12 U.S.C. 
1844(c)(5);
    (2) A security-based swap dealer as defined in 15 U.S.C. 
78c(a)(71); or
    (3) A major security-based swap participant as defined in 15 U.S.C. 
78c(a)(67).
    (s) Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in 12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(4).
    (t) Total consolidated assets means the total consolidated assets 
of a records entity and its consolidated subsidiaries as reported in 
the records entity's most recent year-end audited consolidated 
statement of financial condition filed with the appropriate Federal 
banking agency.
    (u) Troubled condition means an insured depository institution 
that:
    (1) Has a composite rating, as determined by its appropriate 
Federal banking agency in its most recent report of examination, of 3 
(only for insured depository institutions with total consolidated 
assets of $10 billion or greater), 4 or 5 under the Uniform Financial 
Institution Rating System, or in the case of an insured branch of a 
foreign bank, an equivalent rating;
    (2) Is subject to a proceeding initiated by the FDIC for 
termination or suspension of deposit insurance;
    (3) Is subject to a cease-and-desist order or written agreement 
issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency, as defined in 12 
U.S.C. 1813(q), that requires action to improve the financial condition 
of the insured depository institution or is subject to a proceeding 
initiated by the appropriate Federal banking agency which contemplates 
the issuance of an order that requires action to improve the financial 
condition of the insured depository institution, unless otherwise 
informed in writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency;
    (4) Is informed in writing by the insured depository institution's 
appropriate Federal banking agency that it is in troubled condition for 
purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831i on the basis of the institution's most 
recent report of condition or report of examination, or other 
information available to the institution's appropriate Federal banking 
agency; or
    (5) Is determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the 
FDIC in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency to be 
experiencing a significant deterioration of capital or significant 
funding difficulties or liquidity stress, notwithstanding the composite 
rating of the institution by its appropriate Federal banking agency in 
its most recent report of examination.


Sec.  371.3  Maintenance of records.

    (a) Form and availability.
    (1) Unless it is not required to maintain records in electronic 
form as provided in Sec.  371.4(d), a records entity shall maintain the 
records described in Sec.  371.4 in electronic form and shall be 
capable of producing such records electronically in the format set 
forth in the appendices of this part.
    (2) All such records shall be updated on a daily basis and shall be 
based upon values and information no less current than previous end-of-
day values and information.
    (3) Except as provided in Sec.  371.4(d), a records entity shall 
compile the records described in Sec.  371.4(a) or Sec.  371.4(b) (as 
applicable) in a manner that permits aggregation and disaggregation of 
such records by counterparty. If the records are maintained pursuant to 
Sec.  371.4(b), they must be compiled by the records entity on a 
consolidated basis for itself and its reportable subsidiaries in a 
manner that also permits aggregation and disaggregation of such records 
by the records entity and its reportable subsidiary.
    (4) Records maintained pursuant to Sec.  371.4(b) by a records 
entity that is a Part 148 affiliate shall be compiled consistently, in 
all respects, with records compiled by its affiliate(s) pursuant to 31 
CFR part 148.
    (5) A records entity shall maintain each set of daily records for a 
period of not less than five business days.
    (b) Change in Point of Contact. A records entity shall provide to 
the FDIC, in writing, any change to the name and contact information 
for the person at the records entity who is responsible for 
recordkeeping under this part within 3 business days of any change to 
such information.
    (c) Access to Records. A records entity shall be capable of 
providing the records specified in Sec.  371.4 (based on the 
immediately preceding day's end-of-day values and information) to the 
FDIC no later than 7:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) each day. A records entity 
is required to make such records available to the FDIC

[[Page 95511]]

following a written request by the FDIC for such records. Any such 
written request shall specify the date such records are to be made 
available (and the period of time covered by the request) and shall 
provide the records entity at least 8 hours to respond to the request. 
If the request is made less than 8 hours before such 7:00 a.m. 
deadline, the deadline shall be automatically extended to the time that 
is 8 hours following the time of the request.
    (d) Maintenance of records after a records entity is no longer in a 
troubled condition. A records entity shall continue to maintain the 
capacity to produce the records required under this part on a daily 
basis for a period of one year after the date that the appropriate 
Federal banking agency or the FDIC notifies the institution, in 
writing, that it is no longer in a troubled condition as defined in 
Sec.  371.2 (u).
    (e) Maintenance of records after an acquisition of a records 
entity. If a records entity ceases to exist as an insured depository 
institution as a result of a merger or a similar transaction with an 
insured depository institution that is not in a troubled condition 
immediately following the transaction, the obligation to maintain 
records under this part on a daily basis will terminate when the 
records entity ceases to exist as a separately insured depository 
institution.


Sec.  371.4  Content of records.

    (a) Limited scope entities. Except as provided in Sec.  371.5, a 
limited scope entity must maintain (at the election of such records 
entity) either the records described in paragraph (b) of this section 
or the following records:
    (1) The position-level data listed in Table A-1 in Appendix A of 
this part with respect to each QFC to which it is a party, without 
duplication.
    (2) The counterparty-level data listed in Table A-2 in Appendix A 
of this part with respect to each QFC to which it is a party, without 
duplication.
    (3) The corporate organization master table in Appendix A of this 
part for the records entity and its affiliates.
    (4) The counterparty master table in Appendix A of this part with 
respect to each QFC to which it is a party, without duplication.
    (5) All documents that govern QFC transactions between the records 
entity and each counterparty, including, without limitation, master 
agreements and annexes, schedules, netting agreements, supplements, or 
other modifications with respect to the agreements, confirmations for 
each QFC position that has been confirmed and all trade acknowledgments 
for each QFC position that has not been confirmed, all credit support 
documents including, but not limited to, credit support annexes, 
guarantees, keep-well agreements, or net worth maintenance agreements 
that are relevant to one or more QFCs, and all assignment or novation 
documents, if applicable, including documents that confirm that all 
required consents, approvals, or other conditions precedent for such 
assignment or novation have been obtained or satisfied.
    (6) A list of vendors directly supporting the QFC-related 
activities of the records entity and the vendors' contact information.
    (b) Full scope entities. A full scope entity must maintain the 
following records:
    (1) The position-level data listed in Table A-1 in Appendix B of 
this part with respect to each QFC to which it or any of its reportable 
subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (2) The counterparty-level data listed in Table A-2 in Appendix B 
of this part with respect to each QFC to which it or any of its 
reportable subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (3) The legal agreements information listed in Table A-3 in 
Appendix B of this part with respect to each QFC to which it or any of 
its reportable subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (4) The collateral detail data listed in Table A-4 in Appendix B of 
this part with respect to each QFC to which it or any of its reportable 
subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (5) The corporate organization master table in Appendix B of this 
part for the records entity and its affiliates.
    (6) The counterparty master table in Appendix B of this part with 
respect to each QFC to which it or any of its reportable subsidiaries 
is a party, without duplication.
    (7) The booking location master table in Appendix B of this part 
for each booking location used with respect to each QFC to which it or 
any of its reportable subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (8) The safekeeping agent master table in Appendix B of this part 
for each safekeeping agent used with respect to each QFC to which it or 
any of its reportable subsidiaries is a party, without duplication.
    (9) All documents that govern QFC transactions between the records 
entity (or any of its reportable subsidiaries) and each counterparty, 
including, without limitation, master agreements and annexes, 
schedules, netting agreements, supplements, or other modifications with 
respect to the agreements, confirmations for each QFC position that has 
been confirmed and all trade acknowledgments for each QFC position that 
has not been confirmed, all credit support documents including, but not 
limited to, credit support annexes, guarantees, keep-well agreements, 
or net worth maintenance agreements that are relevant to one or more 
QFCs, and all assignment or novation documents, if applicable, 
including documents that confirm that all required consents, approvals, 
or other conditions precedent for such assignment or novation have been 
obtained or satisfied.
    (10) A list of vendors directly supporting the QFC-related 
activities of the records entity and its reportable subsidiaries and 
the vendors' contact information.
    (c) Change in recordkeeping status. (1) A records entity that was a 
limited scope entity maintaining the records specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section and that subsequently becomes a 
full scope entity must maintain the records specified in paragraph (b) 
of this section within 270 days of becoming a full scope entity (or 60 
days of becoming a full scope entity if it is an accelerated records 
entity). Until the records entity maintains the records required by 
paragraph (b) of this section it must continue to maintain the records 
required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section.
    (2) A records entity that was a full scope entity maintaining the 
records specified in paragraph (b) of this section and that 
subsequently becomes a limited scope entity may continue to maintain 
the records specified in paragraph (b) of this section or, at its 
option, may maintain the records specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 
(a)(6) of this section, provided however, that such records entity 
shall continue to maintain the records specified in paragraph (b) of 
this section until it maintains the records specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section.
    (3) A records entity that changes from a limited scope entity to a 
full scope entity and at the time it becomes a full scope entity is not 
yet maintaining the records specified in paragraph (a) of this section 
or paragraph (b) of this section must satisfy the recordkeeping 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section within 270 days of first 
becoming a records entity (or 60 days of first becoming a records 
entity if it is an accelerated records entity).
    (4) A records entity that changes from a full scope entity to a 
limited scope entity and at the time it becomes a limited scope entity 
is not yet maintaining the records specified in

[[Page 95512]]

paragraph (b) of this section must satisfy the recordkeeping 
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section within 270 days of first 
becoming a record entity (or 60 days of first becoming a record entity 
if it is an accelerated records entity).
    (d) Records entities with fewer than 20 QFC positions. 
Notwithstanding any other requirement of this part, if a records entity 
and, if it is a full scope entity, its reportable subsidiaries, have 
fewer than 20 open QFC positions in total (without duplication) on the 
date the institution becomes a records entity, the records required by 
this section are not required to be recorded and maintained in 
electronic form as would otherwise be required by this section, so long 
as all required records are capable of being updated on a daily basis. 
If at any time after it becomes a records entity, the institution and, 
if it is a full scope entity, its reportable subsidiaries, if 
applicable, have 20 or more open QFC positions in total (without 
duplication), it must record and maintain records in electronic form as 
required by this section within 270 days (or, if it is an accelerated 
records entity at that time, within 60 days). The records entity must 
provide to the FDIC, within 3 business days of reaching the 20-QFC 
threshold, a directory of the electronic files that will be used to 
maintain the information required to be kept by this section.


Sec.  371.5  Transition for existing records entities.

    (a) Limited Scope Entities. Notwithstanding any other provision of 
this part, an insured depository institution that became a records 
entity prior to the Amendment Effective Date and constitutes a limited 
scope entity on the Amendment Effective Date shall continue to comply 
with this part as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment 
Effective Date or, if it elects to comply with this part as in effect 
on and after such date, as so in effect, for so long as the entity 
remains a limited scope entity that has not ceased to be required to 
maintain the capacity to produce records pursuant to Sec.  371.3(d).
    (b) Transition for full scope entities maintaining records on 
effective date. If an insured depository institution that constitutes a 
full scope entity on the Amendment Effective Date became a records 
entity prior to the Amendment Effective Date and is maintaining the 
records required by this part immediately prior to the Amendment 
Effective Date, such records entity shall comply with all recordkeeping 
requirements of this part within 270 days after the Amendment Effective 
Date (or no later than 60 days after the Amendment Effective Date if it 
is an accelerated records entity). Until the records entity maintains 
the records required by Sec.  371.4(a) or Sec.  371.4(b), as 
applicable, it must continue to maintain the records required by this 
part immediately prior to the Amendment Effective Date.
    (c) Transition for full scope entities not maintaining records on 
effective date. If an insured depository institution that constitutes a 
full scope entity on the Amendment Effective Date became a records 
entity prior to the Amendment Effective Date but is not maintaining the 
records required by this part immediately prior to the Amendment 
Effective Date, such records entity shall comply with all recordkeeping 
requirements of this part within 270 days after the date that it first 
became a records entity (or no later than 60 days after it first became 
a records entity if it is an accelerated records entity).


Sec.  371.6  Enforcement Actions.

    Violating the terms or requirements set forth in this part 
constitutes a violation of a regulation and subjects the records entity 
to enforcement actions under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act (12 U.S.C. 1818).

Appendix A to Part 371--File Structure for Qualified Financial Contract 
(QFC) Records for Limited Scope Entities

                                         Table A-1--Position-Level Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application       Definition          Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A1.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Provide data        YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       extraction date.
A1.2........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide LEI for     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             records entity if                       CO.2.
                                                       available.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to review
                                                       position-level
                                                       data by records
                                                       entity.
A1.3........  Position            20058953..........  Provide a position  Varchar(100)......
               identifier.                             identifier. Use
                                                       the unique
                                                       transaction
                                                       identifier if
                                                       available.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to readily
                                                       track and
                                                       distinguish
                                                       positions.
A1.4........  Counterparty        888888888.........  Provide a           Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             counterparty                            CP.2
                                                       identifier. Use
                                                       LEI if
                                                       counterparty has
                                                       one. Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify
                                                       counterparty by
                                                       reference to
                                                       Counterparty
                                                       Master Table.
A1.5........  Internal booking    New York, New York  Provide office      Varchar(50).......
               location                                where the
               identifier.                             position is
                                                       booked.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine system
                                                       on which the
                                                       trade is booked
                                                       and settled.
A1.6........  Unique booking      xxxxxx............  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               unit or desk                            identifier for
               identifier.                             unit or desk at
                                                       which the
                                                       position is
                                                       booked.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to help
                                                       determine purpose
                                                       of position.

[[Page 95513]]

 
A1.7........  Type of QFC.......  Credit, equity,     Provide type of     Varchar(100)......
                                   foreign exchange,   QFC. Use unique
                                   interest rate       product
                                   (including cross-   identifier if
                                   currency), other    available.
                                   commodity,          Information
                                   securities          needed to
                                   repurchase          determine the
                                   agreement,          nature of the QFC.
                                   securities
                                   lending, loan
                                   repurchase
                                   agreement,
                                   guarantee or
                                   other third party
                                   credit
                                   enhancement of a
                                   QFC.
A1.8........  Type of QFC         Credit, equity,     If QFC type is      Varchar(200)......  Only required if
               covered by          foreign exchange,   guarantee or                            QFC type (A1.7)
               guarantee or        interest rate       other third party                       is a guarantee or
               other third party   (including cross-   credit                                  other third party
               credit              currency), other    enhancement,                            credit
               enhancement.        commodity,          provide type of                         enhancement.
                                   securities          QFC that is
                                   repurchase          covered by such
                                   agreement,          guarantee or
                                   securities          other third party
                                   lending, or loan    credit
                                   repurchase          enhancement. Use
                                   agreement.          unique product
                                                       identifier if
                                                       available. If
                                                       multiple asset
                                                       classes are
                                                       covered by the
                                                       guarantee or
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancement,
                                                       enter the asset
                                                       classes separated
                                                       by comma. If all
                                                       the QFCs of the
                                                       underlying QFC
                                                       obligor
                                                       identifier are
                                                       covered by the
                                                       guarantee or
                                                       other third party
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancement,
                                                       enter ``All.''.
A1.9........  Underlying QFC      888888888.........  If QFC type is      Varchar(50).......  Only required if
               obligor                                 guarantee or                            QFC asset type
               identifier.                             other third party                       (A1.7) is a
                                                       credit                                  guarantee or
                                                       enhancement,                            other third party
                                                       provide an                              credit
                                                       identifier for                          enhancement.
                                                       the QFC obligor                         Validated against
                                                       whose obligation                        CO.2 if affiliate
                                                       is covered by the                       or CP.2 if non-
                                                       guarantee or                            affiliate.
                                                       other third party
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancement. Use
                                                       LEI if underlying
                                                       QFC obligor has
                                                       one. Complete the
                                                       counterparty
                                                       master table with
                                                       respect to a QFC
                                                       obligor that is a
                                                       non-affiliate.
A1.10.......  Agreement           xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             identifier for
                                                       primary governing
                                                       documentation,
                                                       e.g. the master
                                                       agreement or
                                                       guarantee
                                                       agreement, as
                                                       applicable.
A1.11.......  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             identifier for
                                                       netting
                                                       agreement. If
                                                       this agreement is
                                                       the same as
                                                       provided in
                                                       A1.10, use same
                                                       identifier.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify unique
                                                       netting sets.
A1.12.......  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide a netting   Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               counterparty                            agreement                               CP.2.
               identifier.                             counterparty
                                                       identifier. Use
                                                       same identifier
                                                       as provided in
                                                       A1.4 if
                                                       counterparty and
                                                       netting agreement
                                                       counterparty are
                                                       the same. Use LEI
                                                       if netting
                                                       agreement
                                                       counterparty has
                                                       one. Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify unique
                                                       netting sets.

[[Page 95514]]

 
A1.13.......  Trade date........  2014-12-20........  Provide trade or    YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       other commitment
                                                       date for the QFC.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine when
                                                       the entity's
                                                       rights and
                                                       obligations
                                                       regarding the
                                                       position
                                                       originated.
A1.14.......  Termination date..  2014-03-31........  Provide date the    YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       QFC terminates or
                                                       is expected to
                                                       terminate,
                                                       expire, mature,
                                                       or when final
                                                       performance is
                                                       required.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine when
                                                       the entity's
                                                       rights and
                                                       obligations
                                                       regarding the
                                                       position are
                                                       expected to end.
A1.15.......  Next call, put, or  2015-01-25........  Provide next call,  YYYY-MM-DD........
               cancellation date.                      put, or
                                                       cancellation date.
A1.16.......  Next payment date.  2015-01-25........  Provide next        YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       payment date.
A1.17.......  Current market      995000............  In the case of a    Num (25,5)........
               value of the                            guarantee or
               position in U.S.                        other third party
               dollars.                                credit
                                                       enhancements,
                                                       provide the
                                                       current mark-to-
                                                       market expected
                                                       value of the
                                                       exposure.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine the
                                                       current size of
                                                       the obligation/
                                                       benefit
                                                       associated with
                                                       the QFC.
A1.18.......  Notional or         1000000...........  Provide the         Num (25,5)........
               principal amount                        notional or
               of the position                         principal amount,
               In U.S. dollars.                        as applicable, in
                                                       U.S. dollars. In
                                                       the case of a
                                                       guarantee or
                                                       other third party
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancements,
                                                       provide the
                                                       maximum possible
                                                       exposure.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to help
                                                       evaluate the
                                                       position.
A1.19.......  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               party credit                            QFC is covered by                       ``N``
               enhancement                             a guarantee or
               agreement (for                          other third-party
               the benefit of                          credit
               the records                             enhancement.
               entity)?.                               Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine credit
                                                       enhancement.
A1.20.......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if A1.20
               enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       is ``Y''.
               provider                                other third-party                       Validated against
               identifier (for                         credit                                  CP.2
               the benefit of                          enhancement,
               the records                             provide an
               entity).                                identifier for
                                                       provider. Use LEI
                                                       if available.
                                                       Complete the
                                                       counterparty
                                                       master table with
                                                       respect to a
                                                       provider that is
                                                       a non-affiliate.
A1.21.......  Third-party credit  ..................  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if A1.20
               enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       is ``Y''.
               agreement                               other third-party
               identifier (for                         credit
               the benefit of                          enhancement,
               the records                             provide an
               entity).                                identifier for
                                                       the agreement.
A1.22.......  Related position    3333333...........  Use this field to   Varchar(100)......
               of records entity.                      link any related
                                                       positions of the
                                                       records entity .
                                                       All positions
                                                       that are related
                                                       to one another
                                                       should have same
                                                       designation in
                                                       this field.
A1.23.......  Reference number    9999999...........  Provide a unique    Varchar(500)......
               for any related                         reference number
               loan.                                   for any loan held
                                                       by the records
                                                       entity or a
                                                       member of its
                                                       corporate group
                                                       related to the
                                                       position (with
                                                       multiple entries
                                                       delimited by
                                                       commas).

[[Page 95515]]

 
A1.24.......  Identifier of the   999999999.........  For any loan        Varchar(500)......
               lender of the                           recorded in
               related loan.                           A1.23, provide
                                                       identifier for
                                                       records entity or
                                                       member of its
                                                       corporate group
                                                       that holds any
                                                       related loan. Use
                                                       LEI if entity has
                                                       one.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                    Table A-2--Counterparty Netting Set Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A2.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
A2.2........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide the LEI     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             for the records                         CO.2.
                                                       entity if
                                                       available.
A2.3........  Netting agreement   888888888.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               counterparty                            identifier for                          CP.2.
               identifier.                             the netting
                                                       agreement
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if
                                                       counterparty has
                                                       one.
A2.4........  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             identifier for
                                                       the netting
                                                       agreement.
A2.5........  Underlying QFC      888888888.........  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               obligor                                 for underlying                          CO.2 or CP.2.
               identifier.                             QFC obligor if
                                                       netting agreement
                                                       is associated
                                                       with a guarantee
                                                       or other third
                                                       party credit
                                                       enhancement. Use
                                                       LEI if available.
A2.6........  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               party credit                            the positions                           ``N``.
               enhancement                             subject to the
               agreement (for                          netting set
               the benefit of                          agreement are
               the records                             covered by a
               entity)?                                third-party
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancement
                                                       agreement.
    A2.7      Third-party credit  999999999.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.6
               enhancement                             available.                              is ``Y''. Should
               provider                                Information                             be a valid entry
               identifier (for                         needed to                               in the
               the benefit of                          identity third-                         Counterparty
               the records                             party credit                            Master Table.
               entity).                                enhancement                             Validated against
                                                       provider.                               CP.2.
A2.8........  Third-party credit  4444444...........  ..................  Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.6
               enhancement                                                                     is ``Y''.
               agreement                                                                       Validated against
               identifier (for                                                                 A3.3.
               the benefit of
               the records
               entity).
A2.9........  Aggregate current   -1000000..........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               market value in                         to help evaluate                        all positions in
               U.S. dollars of                         the positions                           A1 for the given
               all positions                           subject to the                          netting agreement
               under this                              netting agreement.                      identifier should
               netting agreement.                                                              be equal to this
                                                                                               value. A2.9 =
                                                                                               A2.10 + A2.11.
A2.10.......  Current market      3000000...........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to help evaluate                        all positive
               dollars of all                          the positions                           positions in A1
               positive                                subject to the                          for the given
               positions, as                           netting agreement.                      netting agreement
               aggregated under                                                                identifier should
               this netting                                                                    be equal to this
               agreement.                                                                      value. A2.9 =
                                                                                               A2.10 + A2.11.
A2.11.......  Current market      -4000000..........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to help evaluate                        all negative
               dollars of all                          the positions                           positions in A1
               negative                                subject to the                          for the given
               positions, as                           netting agreement.                      Netting Agreement
               aggregated under                                                                Identifier should
               this netting                                                                    be equal to this
               agreement.                                                                      value. A2.9 =
                                                                                               A2.10 + A2.11.
A2.12.......  Current market      950000............  Information needed  Num (25,5)........
               value in U.S.                           to determine the
               dollars of all                          extent to which
               collateral posted                       collateral has
               by records                              been provided by
               entity, as                              records entity.
               aggregated under
               this netting
               agreement.
A2.13.......  Current market      50000.............  Information needed  Num (25,5)........
               value in U.S.                           to determine the
               dollars of all                          extent to which
               collateral posted                       collateral has
               by counterparty,                        been provided by
               as aggregated                           counterparty.
               under this
               netting agreement.

[[Page 95516]]

 
A2.14.......  Records entity      950,000...........  Provide records     Num (25,5)........  Should be less
               collateral--net.                        entity's                                than or equal to
                                                       collateral excess                       A2.15.
                                                       or deficiency
                                                       with respect to
                                                       all of its
                                                       positions, as
                                                       determined under
                                                       each applicable
                                                       agreement,
                                                       including
                                                       thresholds and
                                                       haircuts where
                                                       applicable.
A2.15.......  Counterparty        950,000...........  Provide             Num (25,5)........  Should be less
               collateral--net.                        counterparty's                          than or equal to
                                                       collateral excess                       A2.16.
                                                       or deficiency
                                                       with respect to
                                                       all of its
                                                       positions, as
                                                       determined under
                                                       each applicable
                                                       agreement,
                                                       including
                                                       thresholds and
                                                       haircuts where
                                                       applicable.
A2.16.......  Next margin         2015-11-05........  Provide next        YYYY-MM-DD........
               payment date.                           margin payment
                                                       date for position.
A2.17.......  Next margin         150,000...........  Use positive value  Num (25,5)........
               payment amount in                       if records entity
               U.S. dollars.                           is due a payment
                                                       and use negative
                                                       value if records
                                                       entity has to
                                                       make the payment.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      Corporate Organization Master Table *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
CO.2........  Entity identifier.  888888888.........  Provide unique      Varchar(50).......  Should be unique
                                                       identifier. Use                         across all record
                                                       LEI if available.                       entities.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify entity.
CO.3........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for entity                              the entity                              ``N``.
               identifier?                             identifier
                                                       provided is an
                                                       LEI.
CO.4........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Provide legal name  Varchar(200)......
               entity.                                 of entity.
CO.5........  Immediate parent    77777777..........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      available.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       complete org
                                                       structure.
CO.6........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for immediate                           the immediate                           ``N``.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?                             identifier
                                                       provided is an
                                                       LEI.
CO.7........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               immediate parent                        to complete org
               entity.                                 structure.
CO.8........  Percentage          100.00............  Information needed  Num (5,2).........
               ownership of                            to complete org
               immediate parent                        structure.
               entity in the
               entity.
CO.9........  Entity type.......  Subsidiary,         Information needed  Varchar(50).......
                                   foreign branch,     to complete org
                                   foreign division.   structure.
CO.10.......  Domicile..........  New York, New York  Enter as city,      Varchar(50).......
                                                       state or city,
                                                       foreign country.
CO.11.......  Jurisdiction under  New York..........  Enter as state or   Varchar(50).......
               which                                   foreign
               incorporated or                         jurisdiction.
               organized.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Foreign branches and divisions shall be separately identified to the extent they are identified in an entity's
  reports to its PFRAs.


[[Page 95517]]


                                            Counterparty Master Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CP.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
CP.2........  Counterparty        888888888.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             counterparty has
                                                       one. The
                                                       counterparty
                                                       identifier shall
                                                       be the global
                                                       legal entity
                                                       identifier if one
                                                       has been issued
                                                       to the entity. If
                                                       a counterparty
                                                       transacts with
                                                       the records
                                                       entity through
                                                       one or more
                                                       separate foreign
                                                       branches or
                                                       divisions and any
                                                       such branch or
                                                       division does not
                                                       have its own
                                                       unique global
                                                       legal entity
                                                       identifier, the
                                                       records entity
                                                       must include
                                                       additional
                                                       identifiers, as
                                                       appropriate to
                                                       enable the FDIC
                                                       to aggregate or
                                                       disaggregate the
                                                       data for each
                                                       counterparty and
                                                       for each entity
                                                       with the same
                                                       ultimate parent
                                                       entity as the
                                                       counterparty.
CP.3........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for counterparty                        the counterparty                        ``N``.
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.4........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               counterparty.                           to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       counterparty.
CP.5........  Domicile..........  New York, New York  Enter as city,      Varchar(50).......
                                                       state or city,
                                                       foreign country.
CP.6........  Jurisdiction under  New York..........  Enter as state or   Varchar(50).......
               which                                   foreign
               incorporated or                         jurisdiction.
               organized.
CP.7........  Immediate parent    77777777..........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      identifier for
                                                       the parent entity
                                                       that directly
                                                       controls the
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if immediate
                                                       parent entity has
                                                       one.
CP.8........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for immediate                           the immediate                           ``N``.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.9........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               immediate parent                        to identify and,
               entity.                                 if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       counterparty.
CP.10.......  Ultimate parent     666666666.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      identifier for
                                                       the parent entity
                                                       that is a member
                                                       of the corporate
                                                       group of the
                                                       counterparty that
                                                       is not controlled
                                                       by another
                                                       entity.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if ultimate
                                                       parent entity has
                                                       one.
CP.11.......  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for ultimate                            the ultimate                            ``N``.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.12.......  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(100)......
               ultimate parent                         to identify and,
               entity.                                 if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       counterparty.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 95518]]


                                               Details of Formats
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Format                     Content in brief      Additional explanation          Examples
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YYYY-MM-DD...........................  Date...................  YYYY = four digit date,  2015-11-12.
                                                                 MM = 2 digit month, DD
                                                                 = 2 digit date.
Num (25,5)...........................  Up to 25 numerical       Up to 20 numerical       1352.67.
                                        characters including 5   characters before the   12345678901234567890.12
                                        decimals.                decimal point and up     345.
                                                                 to 5 numerical          0.
                                                                 characters after the    -20000.25.
                                                                 decimal point. The dot  -0.257.
                                                                 character is used to
                                                                 separate decimals.
Char(3)..............................  3 alphanumeric           The length is fixed at   USD.
                                        characters.              3 alphanumeric          X1X.
                                                                 characters.             999.
Varchar(25)..........................  Up to 25 alphanumeric    The length is not fixed  asgaGEH3268EFdsagtTRCF5
                                        characters.              but limited at up to     43.
                                                                 25 alphanumeric
                                                                 characters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Appendix B to Part 371--File Structure for Qualified Financial Contract 
Records for Full Scope Entities 32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ Pursuant to Sec.  374(b), the records entity is required to 
provide the information required by Appendix B for itself and each 
of its reportable subsidiaries in manner that can be disaggregated 
by legal entities (i.e., the records entity and each reportable 
subsidiary).

                                         Table A-1--Position-Level Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Instructions and
                      Field              Example        data  application      Definition          Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A1.1.........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Provide data        YYYY-MM-DD........  .................
                                                        extraction date.
A1.2.........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide LEI for     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                identifier.                             records entity.                         CO.2.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to review
                                                        position-level
                                                        data by records
                                                        entity.
A1.3.........  Position            20058953..........  Provide a position  Varchar(100)......  .................
                identifier.                             identifier.
                                                        Should be used
                                                        consistently
                                                        across all
                                                        records entities.
                                                        Use the unique
                                                        transaction
                                                        identifier if
                                                        available.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to readily
                                                        track and
                                                        distinguish
                                                        positions.
A1.4.........  Counterparty        888888888.........  Provide a           Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                identifier.                             counterparty                            CP.2.
                                                        identifier. Use
                                                        LEI if
                                                        counterparty has
                                                        one. Should be
                                                        used consistently
                                                        by all records
                                                        entities.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        identify
                                                        counterparty by
                                                        reference to
                                                        Counterparty
                                                        Master Table.
A1.5.........  Internal booking    New York, New York  Provide office      Varchar(50).......  Combination A1.2
                location                                where the                               + A1.5 + A1.6
                identifier.                             position is                             should have a
                                                        booked.                                 corresponding
                                                        Information                             unique
                                                        needed to                               combination BL.2
                                                        determine system                        + BL.3 + BL.4
                                                        on which the                            entry in Booking
                                                        trade is booked                         Location Master
                                                        and settled.                            Table.
A1.6.........  Unique booking      xxxxxx............  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Combination A1.2
                unit or desk                            identifier for                          + A1.5 + A1.6
                identifier.                             unit or desk at                         should have a
                                                        which the                               corresponding
                                                        position is                             unique
                                                        booked.                                 combination BL.2
                                                        Information                             + BL.3 + BL.4
                                                        needed to help                          entry in Booking
                                                        determine purpose                       Location Master
                                                        of position.                            Table.

[[Page 95519]]

 
A1.7.........  Type of QFC.......  Credit, equity,     Provide type of     Varchar(100)......
                                    foreign exchange,   QFC. Use unique
                                    interest rate       product
                                    (including cross-   identifier if
                                    currency), other    available.
                                    commodity,          Information
                                    securities          needed to
                                    repurchase          determine the
                                    agreement,          nature of the QFC.
                                    securities
                                    lending, loan
                                    repurchase
                                    agreement,
                                    guarantee or
                                    other third party
                                    credit
                                    enhancement of a
                                    QFC.
A1.7.1.......  Type of QFC         Credit, equity,     If QFC type is      Varchar(500)......  Only required if
                covered by          foreign exchange,   guarantee or                            QFC type (A1.7)
                guarantee or        interest rate       other third party                       is a guarantee
                other third party   (including cross-   credit                                  or other third
                credit              currency), other    enhancement,                            party credit
                enhancement.        commodity,          provide type of                         enhancement.
                                    securities          QFC of the QFC
                                    repurchase          that is covered
                                    agreement,          by such guarantee
                                    securities          or other third
                                    lending, or loan    party credit
                                    repurchase          enhancement. Use
                                    agreement.          unique product
                                                        identifier if
                                                        available. If
                                                        multiple asset
                                                        classes are
                                                        covered by the
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement,
                                                        enter the asset
                                                        classes separated
                                                        by comma. If all
                                                        the QFCs of the
                                                        underlying QFC
                                                        obligor
                                                        identifier are
                                                        covered by the
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        other third party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement,
                                                        enter ``All''.
A1.7.2.......  Underlying QFC      888888888.........  If QFC type is      Varchar(50).......  Only required if
                obligor                                 guarantee or                            QFC asset type
                identifier.                             other third party                       (A1.7) is a
                                                        credit                                  guarantee or
                                                        enhancement,                            other third
                                                        provide an                              party credit
                                                        identifier for                          enhancement.
                                                        the QFC obligor                         Validated
                                                        whose obligation                        against CO.2 if
                                                        is covered by the                       affiliate or
                                                        guarantee or                            CP.2 if non-
                                                        other third party                       affiliate.
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement. Use
                                                        LEI if underlying
                                                        QFC obligor has
                                                        one. Complete the
                                                        counterparty
                                                        master table with
                                                        respect to a QFC
                                                        obligor that is a
                                                        non-affiliate.
A1.8.........  Agreement           xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                identifier.                             identifier for                          A3.3.
                                                        the primary
                                                        governing
                                                        documentation,
                                                        e.g., the master
                                                        agreement or
                                                        guarantee
                                                        agreement, as
                                                        applicable.
A1.9.........  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                identifier.                             identifier for                          A3.3.
                                                        netting
                                                        agreement. If
                                                        this agreement is
                                                        the same as
                                                        provided in
                                                        A1.10, use same
                                                        identifier.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        identify unique
                                                        netting sets.
A1.10........  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide a netting   Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                counterparty                            agreement                               CP.2.
                identifier.                             counterparty
                                                        identifier. Use
                                                        same identifier
                                                        as provided in
                                                        A1.4 if
                                                        counterparty and
                                                        netting agreement
                                                        counterparty are
                                                        the same. Use LEI
                                                        if netting
                                                        agreement
                                                        counterparty has
                                                        one. Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        identify unique
                                                        netting sets.

[[Page 95520]]

 
A1.11........  Trade date........  2014-12-20........  Provide trade or    YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                        other commitment
                                                        date for the QFC.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine when
                                                        the entity's
                                                        rights and
                                                        obligations
                                                        regarding the
                                                        position
                                                        originated.
A1.12........  Termination date..  2014-03-31........  Provide date the    YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                        QFC terminates or
                                                        is expected to
                                                        terminate,
                                                        expire, mature,
                                                        or when final
                                                        performance is
                                                        required.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine when
                                                        the entity's
                                                        rights and
                                                        obligations
                                                        regarding the
                                                        position are
                                                        expected to end.
A1.13........  Next call, put, or  2015-01-25........  Provide next call,  YYYY-MM-DD........
                cancellation date.                      put, or
                                                        cancellation date.
A1.14........  Next payment date.  2015-01-25........  Provide next        YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                        payment date.
A1.15........  Local Currency Of   USD...............  Provide currency    Char(3)...........
                Position.                               in which QFC is
                                                        denominated. Use
                                                        ISO currency code.
A1.16........  Current market      995000............  Provide current     Num (25,5)........
                value of the                            market value of
                position in local                       the position in
                currency.                               local currency.
                                                        In the case of a
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        other third party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancements,
                                                        provide the
                                                        current mark-to-
                                                        market expected
                                                        value of the
                                                        exposure.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine the
                                                        current size of
                                                        the obligation or
                                                        benefit
                                                        associated with
                                                        the QFC.
A1.17........  Current market      995000............  In the case of a    Num (25,5)........
                value of the                            guarantee or
                position in U.S.                        other third party
                dollars.                                credit
                                                        enhancements,
                                                        provide the
                                                        current mark-to-
                                                        market expected
                                                        value of the
                                                        exposure.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine the
                                                        current size of
                                                        the obligation/
                                                        benefit
                                                        associated with
                                                        the QFC.
A1.18........  Asset               1.................  Provide fair value  Char(1)...........
                Classification.                         asset
                                                        classification
                                                        under GAAP, IFRS,
                                                        or other
                                                        accounting
                                                        principles or
                                                        standards used by
                                                        records entity.
                                                        Provide ``1'' for
                                                        Level 1, ``2''
                                                        for Level 2, or
                                                        ``3'' for Level
                                                        3. Information
                                                        needed to assess
                                                        fair value of the
                                                        position.
A1.19........  Notional or         1000000...........  Provide the         Num (25,5)........
                principal amount                        notional or
                of the position                         principal amount,
                in local currency.                      as applicable, in
                                                        local currency.
                                                        In the case of a
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        other third party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement,
                                                        provide the
                                                        maximum possible
                                                        exposure.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to help
                                                        evaluate the
                                                        position.

[[Page 95521]]

 
A1.20........  Notional or         1000000...........  Provide the         Num (25,5)........
                principal amount                        notional or
                of the position                         principal amount,
                In U.S. dollars.                        as applicable, in
                                                        U.S. dollars. In
                                                        the case of a
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        other third party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancements,
                                                        provide the
                                                        maximum possible
                                                        exposure.
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to help
                                                        evaluate the
                                                        position.
A1.21........  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y''
                party credit                            QFC is covered by                       or ``N``.
                enhancement                             a guarantee or
                agreement (for                          other third-party
                the benefit of                          credit
                the records                             enhancement.
                entity)?.                               Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine credit
                                                        enhancement.
A1.21.1......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if A1.21
                enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       is ``Y''.
                provider                                other third-party                       Validated
                identifier (for                         credit                                  against CP.2.
                the benefit of                          enhancement,
                the records                             provide an
                entity).                                identifier for
                                                        provider. Use LEI
                                                        if available.
                                                        Complete the
                                                        counterparty
                                                        master table with
                                                        respect to a
                                                        provider that is
                                                        a non-affiliate.
A1.21.2......  Third-party credit  4444444...........  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if A1.21
                enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       is ``Y.''
                agreement                               other third-party                       Validated
                identifier (for                         credit                                  against A3.3.
                the benefit of                          enhancement,
                the records                             provide an
                entity).                                identifier for
                                                        the agreement.
A1.21.3......  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y''
                party credit                            QFC is covered by                       or ``N``.
                enhancement                             a guarantee or
                agreement (for                          other third-party
                the benefit of                          credit
                the                                     enhancement.
                counterparty)?.                         Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine credit
                                                        enhancement.
A1.21.4......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if
                enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       A1.21.3 is
                provider                                other third-party                       ``Y''. Validated
                identifier (for                         credit                                  against CO.2 or
                the benefit of                          enhancement,                            CP.2.
                the counterparty).                      provide an
                                                        identifier for
                                                        provider. Use LEI
                                                        if available.
                                                        Complete the
                                                        counterparty
                                                        master table with
                                                        respect to a
                                                        provider that is
                                                        a non-affiliate.
A1.21.5......  Third-party credit  4444444...........  If QFC is covered   Varchar(50).......  Required if
                enhancement                             by a guarantee or                       A1.21.3 is
                agreement                               other third-party                       ``Y''. Validated
                identifier (for                         credit                                  against A3.3.
                the benefit of                          enhancement,
                the counterparty).                      provide an
                                                        identifier for
                                                        agreement.
A1.22........  Related position    3333333...........  Use this field to   Varchar(100)......
                of records entity.                      link any related
                                                        positions of the
                                                        records entity.
                                                        All positions
                                                        that are related
                                                        to one another
                                                        should have same
                                                        designation in
                                                        this field.
A1.23........  Reference number    9999999...........  Provide a unique    Varchar(500)......
                for any related                         reference number
                loan.                                   for any loan held
                                                        by the records
                                                        entity or a
                                                        member of its
                                                        corporate group
                                                        related to the
                                                        position (with
                                                        multiple entries
                                                        delimited by
                                                        commas).
A1.24........  Identifier of the   999999999.........  For any loan        Varchar(500)......
                lender of the                           recorded in
                related loan.                           A1.23, provide
                                                        identifier for
                                                        records entity or
                                                        member of its
                                                        corporate group
                                                        that holds any
                                                        related loan. Use
                                                        LEI if entity has
                                                        one.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 95522]]


                                    Table A-2--Counterparty Netting Set Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A2.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........  ..................
                                                       date.
A2.2........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide the LEI     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             for the records                         CO.2.
                                                       entity.
A2.3........  Netting agreement   888888888.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               counterparty                            identifier for                          CP.2.
               identifier.                             the netting
                                                       agreement
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if
                                                       counterparty has
                                                       one.
A2.4........  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             identifier for                          A3.3.
                                                       the netting
                                                       agreement.
A2.4.1......  Underlying QFC      888888888.........  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               obligor                                 for underlying                          CO.2 or CP.2.
               identifier.                             QFC obligor if
                                                       netting agreement
                                                       is associated
                                                       with a guarantee
                                                       or other third
                                                       party credit
                                                       enhancement. Use
                                                       LEI if available.
A2.5........  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               party credit                            the positions                           ``N``.
               enhancement                             subject to the
               agreement (for                          netting set
               the benefit of                          agreement are
               the records                             covered by a
               entity)?                                third-party
                                                       credit
                                                       enhancement
                                                       agreement.
A2.5.1......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.5
               enhancement                             available.                              is ``Y''.
               provider                                Information                            Validated against
               identifier (for                         needed to                               CP.2.
               the benefit of                          identity third-
               the records                             party credit
               entity).                                enhancement
                                                       provider.
A2.5.2......  Third-party credit  4444444...........  ..................  Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.5
               enhancement                                                                     is ``Y''.
               agreement                                                                      Validated against
               identifier (for                                                                 A3.3.
               the benefit of
               the records
               entity).
A2.5.3......  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Information needed  Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               party credit                            to determine                            ``N``.
               enhancement                             credit
               agreement (for                          enhancement.
               the benefit of
               the
               counterparty)?
A2.5.4......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.5.3
               enhancement                             available.                              is ``Y''. Should
               provider                                Information                             be a valid entry
               identifier (for                         needed to                               in the
               the benefit of                          identity third-                         Counterparty
               the counterparty).                      party credit                            Master Table.
                                                       enhancement                             Validated against
                                                       provider.                               CP.2.
A2.5.5......  Third-party credit  4444444...........  Information used    Varchar(50).......  Required if A2.5.3
               enhancement                             to determine                            is ``Y''.
               agreement                               guarantee or                            Validated against
               identifier (for                         other third-party                       A3.3.
               the benefit of                          credit
               the counterparty).                      enhancement.
A2.6........  Aggregate current   -1000000..........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               market value in                         to help evaluate                        all positions in
               U.S. dollars of                         the positions                           A1 for the given
               all positions                           subject to the                          netting agreement
               under this                              netting agreement.                      identifier should
               netting agreement.                                                              be equal to this
                                                                                               value. A2.6 =
                                                                                               A2.7 + A2.8.
A2.7........  Current market      3000000...........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to help evaluate                        all positive
               dollars of all                          the positions                           positions in A1
               positive                                subject to the                          for the given
               positions, as                           netting agreement.                      netting agreement
               aggregated under                                                                identifier should
               this netting                                                                    be equal to this
               agreement.                                                                      value. A2.6 =
                                                                                               A2.7 + A2.8.
A2.8........  Current market      -4000000..........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to help evaluate                        all negative
               dollars of all                          the positions                           positions in A1
               negative                                subject to the                          for the given
               positions, as                           netting agreement.                      Netting Agreement
               aggregated under                                                                Identifier should
               this netting                                                                    be equal to this
               agreement.                                                                      value. A2.6 =
                                                                                               A2.7 + A2.8.
A2.9........  Current market      950000............  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to determine the                        all collateral
               dollars of all                          extent to which                         posted by records
               collateral posted                       collateral has                          entity for the
               by records                              been provided by                        given netting
               entity, as                              records entity.                         agreement
               aggregated under                                                                Identifier should
               this netting                                                                    be equal to sum
               agreement.                                                                      of all A4.9 for
                                                                                               the same netting
                                                                                               agreement
                                                                                               identifier in A4.

[[Page 95523]]

 
A2.10.......  Current market      50000.............  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               value in U.S.                           to determine the                        all collateral
               dollars of all                          extent to which                         posted by
               collateral posted                       collateral has                          counterparty for
               by counterparty,                        been provided by                        the given netting
               as aggregated                           counterparty.                           agreement
               under this                                                                      identifier should
               netting agreement.                                                              be equal to sum
                                                                                               of all A4.9 for
                                                                                               the same netting
                                                                                               agreement
                                                                                               identifier in A4.
A2.11.......  Current market      950,000...........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........
               value in U.S.                           to determine the
               dollars of all                          extent to which
               collateral posted                       collateral has
               by records entity                       been provided by
               that is subject                         records entity.
               to re-
               hypothecation, as
               aggregated under
               this netting
               agreement.
A2.12.......  Current market      950,000...........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........
               value in U.S.                           to determine the
               dollars of all                          extent to which
               collateral posted                       collateral has
               by counterparty                         been provided by
               that is subject                         records entity.
               to re-
               hypothecation, as
               aggregated under
               this netting
               agreement.
A2.13.......  Records entity      950,000...........  Provide records     Num (25,5)........  Should be less
               collateral--net.                        entity's                                than or equal to
                                                       collateral excess                       A2.9.
                                                       or deficiency
                                                       with respect to
                                                       all of its
                                                       positions, as
                                                       determined under
                                                       each applicable
                                                       agreement,
                                                       including
                                                       thresholds and
                                                       haircuts where
                                                       applicable.
A2.14.......  Counterparty        950,000...........  Provide             Num (25,5)........  Should be less
               collateral--net.                        counterparty's                          than or equal to
                                                       collateral excess                       A2.10.
                                                       or deficiency
                                                       with respect to
                                                       all of its
                                                       positions, as
                                                       determined under
                                                       each applicable
                                                       agreement,
                                                       including
                                                       thresholds and
                                                       haircuts where
                                                       applicable.
A2.15.......  Next margin         2015-11-05........  Provide next        YYYY-MM-DD........
               payment date.                           margin payment
                                                       date for position.
A2.16.......  Next margin         150,000...........  Use positive value  Num (25,5)........
               payment amount in                       if records entity
               U.S. dollars.                           is due a payment
                                                       and use negative
                                                       value if records
                                                       entity has to
                                                       make the payment.
A2.17.......  Safekeeping agent   888888888.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier for                          identifier for                          SA.2.
               records entity.                         the records
                                                       entity's
                                                       safekeeping
                                                       agent, if any.
                                                       Use LEI if
                                                       safekeeping agent
                                                       has one.
A2.18.......  Safekeeping agent   888888888.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier for                          identifier for                          SA.2.
               counterparty.                           the
                                                       counterparty's
                                                       safekeeping
                                                       agent, if any.
                                                       Use LEI if
                                                       safekeeping agent
                                                       has one.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                           Table A-3--Legal Agreements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Instructions and
                      Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A3.1.........  As of Date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                        date.
A3.2.........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide LEI for     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                identifier.                             records entity.                         CO.2.
A3.3.........  Agreement           xxxxxx............  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......
                identifier.                             for each master
                                                        agreement,
                                                        governing
                                                        document, netting
                                                        agreement or
                                                        third-party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement
                                                        agreement.
A3.4.........  Name of agreement   ISDA Master 1992    Provide name of     Varchar(50).......
                or governing        or Guarantee        agreement or
                document.           Agreement or        governing
                                    Master Netting      document.
                                    Agreement.

[[Page 95524]]

 
A3.5.........  Agreement date....  2010-01-25........  Provide the date    YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                        of the agreement.
A3.6.........  Agreement           888888888.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                counterparty                            counterparty has                        field CP.2.
                identifier.                             one. Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        identify
                                                        counterparty.
A3.6.1.......  Underlying QFC      888888888.........  Provide underlying  Varchar(50).......  Validated against
                obligor                                 QFC obligor                             CO.2 or CP.2.
                identifier.                             identifier if
                                                        document
                                                        identifier is
                                                        associated with a
                                                        guarantee or
                                                        other third party
                                                        credit
                                                        enhancement. Use
                                                        LEI if underlying
                                                        QFC obligor has
                                                        one.
A3.7.........  Agreement           New York..........  Provide law         Varchar(50).......
                governing law.                          governing
                                                        contract disputes.
A3.8.........  Cross-default       Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y''
                provision?                              agreement                               or ``N``.
                                                        includes default
                                                        or other
                                                        termination event
                                                        provisions that
                                                        reference an
                                                        entity not a
                                                        party to the
                                                        agreement
                                                        (``cross-default
                                                        Entity'').
                                                        Information
                                                        needed to
                                                        determine
                                                        exposure to
                                                        affiliates or
                                                        other entities.
A3.9.........  Identity of cross-  777777777.........  Provide identity    Varchar(500)......  Required if A3.8
                default entities.                       of any cross-                           is ``Y``. ID
                                                        default entities                        should be a
                                                        referenced in                           valid entry in
                                                        A3.8. Use LEI if                        Corporate Org
                                                        entity has one.                         Master Table or
                                                        Information                             Counterparty
                                                        needed to                               Master Table, if
                                                        determine                               applicable.
                                                        exposure to other                       Multiple entries
                                                        entities.                               comma separated.
A3.10........  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Information needed  Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y''
                party credit                            to determine                            or ``N``.
                enhancement                             credit
                agreement (for                          enhancement.
                the benefit of
                the records
                entity)?
A3.11........  Third-party credit  999999999.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Required if A3.10
                enhancement                             available.                              is ``Y''. Should
                provider                                Information                             be a valid entry
                identifier (for                         needed to                               in the
                the benefit of                          identity Third-                         Counterparty
                the records                             Party Credit                            Master Table.
                entity).                                Enhancement                             Validated
                                                        Provider.                               against CP.2.
A3.12........  Associated third-   33333333..........  Information needed  Varchar(50).......  Required if A3.10
                party credit                            to determine                            is ``Y''.
                enhancement                             credit                                  Validated
                agreement                               enhancement.                            against field
                document                                                                        A3.3.
                identifier (for
                the benefit of
                the records
                entity).
A3.12.1......  Covered by third-   Y/N...............  Information needed  Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y''
                party credit                            to determine                            or ``N``.
                enhancement                             credit
                agreement (for                          enhancement.
                the benefit of
                the
                counterparty)?
A3.12.2......  Third-party credit  999999999.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......  Required if A3.12
                enhancement                             available.                              is ``Y''. Should
                provider                                Information                             be a valid entry
                identifier (for                         needed to                               in the
                the benefit of                          identity Third-                         Counterparty
                the counterparty).                      Party Credit                            Master.
                                                        Enhancement                             Validated
                                                        Provider.                               against CP.2.
A3.12.3......  Associated third-   33333333..........  Information needed  Varchar(50).......   Required if
                party credit                            to determine                            A3.12.2 is
                enhancement                             credit                                  ``Y''. Validated
                agreement                               enhancement.                            against field
                document                                                                        A3.3.
                identifier (for
                the benefit of
                the counterparty).
A3.13........  Counterparty        John Doe & Co.....  Provide contact     Varchar(200)......
                contact                                 name for
                information: name.                      counterparty as
                                                        provided under
                                                        notice section of
                                                        agreement.
A3.14........  Counterparty        123 Main St, City,  Provide contact     Varchar(100)......
                contact             State Zip code.     address for
                information:                            counterparty as
                address.                                provided under
                                                        notice section of
                                                        agreement.
A3.15........  Counterparty        1-999-999-9999....  Provide contact     Varchar(50).......
                contact                                 phone number for
                information:                            counterparty as
                phone.                                  provided under
                                                        notice section of
                                                        agreement.

[[Page 95525]]

 
A3.16........  Counterparty's      Jdoe@JohnDoe.com..  Provide contact     Varchar(100)......
                contact                                 email address for
                information:                            counterparty as
                email address.                          provided under
                                                        notice section of
                                                        agreement.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        Table A-4--Collateral Detail Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A4.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
A4.2........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide LEI for     Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             records entity.                         CO.2.
A4.3........  Collateral posted/  P/N...............  Enter ``P'' if      Char(1)...........
               collateral                              collateral has
               received flag.                          been posted by
                                                       the records
                                                       entity. Enter
                                                       ``R'' for
                                                       collateral
                                                       received by
                                                       Records Entity.
A4.4........  Counterparty        888888888.........  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             for counterparty.                       CP.2.
                                                       Use LEI if
                                                       counterparty has
                                                       one.
A4.5........  Netting agreement   xxxxxxxxx.........  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......  Validated against
               identifier.                             for applicable                          field A3.3.
                                                       netting agreement.
A4.6........  Unique collateral   CUSIP/ISIN........  Provide identifier  Varchar(50).......
               item identifier.                        to reference
                                                       individual
                                                       collateral posted.
A4.7........  Original face       1500000...........  Information needed  Num (25,5)........
               amount of                               to evaluate
               collateral item                         collateral
               in local currency.                      sufficiency and
                                                       marketability.
A4.8........  Local currency of   USD...............  Use ISO currency    Char(3)...........
               collateral item.                        code.
A4.9........  Market value        850000............  Information needed  Num (25,5)........  Market value of
               amount of                               to evaluate                             all collateral
               collateral item                         collateral                              posted by Records
               in U.S. dollars.                        sufficiency and                         Entity or
                                                       marketability and                       Counterparty A2.9
                                                       to permit                               or A2.10 for the
                                                       aggregation                             given netting
                                                       across currencies.                      agreement
                                                                                               identifier should
                                                                                               be equal to sum
                                                                                               of all A4.9 for
                                                                                               the same netting
                                                                                               agreement
                                                                                               identifier in A4.
A4.10.......  Description of      U.S. Treasury       Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               collateral item.    Strip, maturity     to evaluate
                                   2020/6/30.          collateral
                                                       sufficiency and
                                                       marketability.
A4.11.......  Asset               1.................  Provide fair value  Char(1)...........  Should be ``1'' or
               classification.                         asset                                   ``2'' or ``3''.
                                                       classification
                                                       for the
                                                       collateral item
                                                       under GAAP, IFRS,
                                                       or other
                                                       accounting
                                                       principles or
                                                       standards used by
                                                       records entity.
                                                       Provide ``1'' for
                                                       Level 1, ``2''
                                                       for Level 2, or
                                                       ``3'' for Level 3.
A4.12.......  Collateral or       Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               portfolio                               the specific item                       ``N''.
               segregation                             of collateral or
               status.                                 the related
                                                       collateral
                                                       portfolio is
                                                       segregated from
                                                       assets of the
                                                       safekeeping agent.
A4.13.......  Collateral          ABC broker-dealer   Provide location    Varchar(200)......
               location.           (in safekeeping     of collateral
                                   account of          posted.
                                   counterparty).
A4.14.......  Collateral          New York, New York  Provide             Varchar(50).......
               jurisdiction.                           jurisdiction of
                                                       location of
                                                       collateral posted.
A4.15.......  Is collateral re-   Y/N...............  Information needed  Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               hypothecation                           to evaluate                             ``N''.
               allowed?                                exposure of the
                                                       records entity to
                                                       the counterparty
                                                       or vice-versa for
                                                       re-hypothecated
                                                       collateral.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 95526]]


                                      Corporate Organization Master Table *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
CO.2........  Entity identifier.  888888888.........  Provide unique      Varchar(50).......  Should be unique
                                                       identifier. Use                         across all
                                                       LEI if available.                       records entities.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify entity.
CO.3........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for entity                              the entity                              ``N''.
               identifier?                             identifier
                                                       provided is an
                                                       LEI.
CO.4........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Provide legal name  Varchar(200)......
               entity.                                 of entity.
CO.5........  Immediate parent    77777777..........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      available.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       complete org
                                                       structure.
CO.6........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Specify whether     Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for immediate                           the immediate                           ``N''.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?.                            identifier
                                                       provided is an
                                                       LEI.
CO.7........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               immediate parent                        to complete org
               entity.                                 structure.
CO.8........  Percentage          100.00............  Information needed  Num (5,2).........
               ownership of                            to complete org
               immediate parent                        structure.
               entity in the
               entity.
CO.9........  Entity type.......  Subsidiary,         Information needed  Varchar(50).......
                                   foreign branch,     to complete org
                                   foreign division.   structure.
CO.10.......  Domicile..........  New York, New York  Enter as city,      Varchar(50).......
                                                       state or city,
                                                       foreign country.
CO.11.......  Jurisdiction under  New York..........  Enter as state or   Varchar(50).......
               which                                   foreign
               incorporated or                         jurisdiction.
               organized.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Foreign branches and divisions shall be separately identified to the extent they are identified in an entity's
  reports to its PFRAs.


                                            Counterparty Master Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CP.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
CP.2........  Counterparty        888888888.........  Use LEI if          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             counterparty has
                                                       one. Should be
                                                       used consistently
                                                       across all
                                                       records entities
                                                       within a
                                                       corporate group.
                                                       The counterparty
                                                       identifier shall
                                                       be the global
                                                       legal entity
                                                       identifier if one
                                                       has been issued
                                                       to the entity. If
                                                       a counterparty
                                                       transacts with
                                                       the records
                                                       entity through
                                                       one or more
                                                       separate foreign
                                                       branches or
                                                       divisions and any
                                                       such branch or
                                                       division does not
                                                       have its own
                                                       unique global
                                                       legal entity
                                                       identifier, the
                                                       records entity
                                                       must include
                                                       additional
                                                       identifiers, as
                                                       appropriate to
                                                       enable the FDIC
                                                       to aggregate or
                                                       disaggregate the
                                                       data for each
                                                       counterparty and
                                                       for each entity
                                                       with the same
                                                       ultimate parent
                                                       entity as the
                                                       counterparty.
CP.3........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for counterparty                        the counterparty                        ``N''.
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.4........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               counterparty.                           to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       counterparty.

[[Page 95527]]

 
CP.5........  Domicile..........  New York, New York  Enter as city,      Varchar(50).......
                                                       state or city,
                                                       foreign country.
CP.6........  Jurisdiction under  New York..........  Enter as state or   Varchar(50).......
               which                                   foreign
               incorporated or                         jurisdiction.
               organized.
CP.7........  Immediate parent    77777777..........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      identifier for
                                                       the parent entity
                                                       that directly
                                                       controls the
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if immediate
                                                       parent entity has
                                                       one.
CP.8........  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for immediate                           the immediate                           ``N''.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.9........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               immediate parent                        to identify and,
               entity.                                 if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       counterparty.
CP.10.......  Ultimate parent     666666666.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               entity identifier.                      identifier for
                                                       the parent entity
                                                       that is a member
                                                       of the corporate
                                                       group of the
                                                       counterparty that
                                                       is not controlled
                                                       by another
                                                       entity.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       identify
                                                       counterparty. Use
                                                       LEI if ultimate
                                                       parent entity has
                                                       one.
CP.11.......  Has LEI been used   Y/N...............  Indicate whether    Char(1)...........  Should be ``Y'' or
               for ultimate                            the ultimate                            ``N''.
               parent entity                           parent entity
               identifier?                             identifier is an
                                                       LEI.
CP.12.......  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(100)......
               ultimate parent                         to identify and,
               entity.                                 if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       Counterparty.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                          Booking Location Master Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BL.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
BL.2........  Records entity      999999999.........  Provide LEI.......  Varchar(50).......  Should be a valid
               identifier.                                                                     entry in the
                                                                                               Corporate Org
                                                                                               Master Table.
BL.3........  Internal booking    New York, New York  Provide office      Varchar(50).......
               location                                where the
               identifier.                             position is
                                                       booked.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to
                                                       determine the
                                                       headquarters or
                                                       branch where the
                                                       position is
                                                       booked, including
                                                       the system on
                                                       which the trade
                                                       is booked, as
                                                       well as the
                                                       system on which
                                                       the trade is
                                                       settled.
BL.4........  Unique booking      xxxxxx............  Provide unit or     Varchar(50).......
               unit or desk                            desk at which the
               identifier.                             position is
                                                       booked.
                                                       Information
                                                       needed to help
                                                       determine purpose
                                                       of position.
BL.5........  Unique booking      North American      Additional          Varchar(50).......
               unit or desk        trading desk.       information to
               description.                            help determine
                                                       purpose of
                                                       position.
BL.6........  Booking unit or     1-999-999-9999....  Information needed  Varchar(50).......
               desk contact--                          to communicate
               phone.                                  with the booking
                                                       unit or desk.
BL.7........  Booking unit or     Desk@Desk.com.....  Information needed  Varchar(100)......
               desk contact--                          to communicate
               email.                                  with the booking
                                                       unit or desk.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 95528]]


                                         Safekeeping Agent Master Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Instructions and
                     Field              Example        data application           Def             Validation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SA.1........  As of date........  2015-01-05........  Data extraction     YYYY-MM-DD........
                                                       date.
SA.2........  Safekeeping agent   888888888.........  Provide an          Varchar(50).......
               identifier.                             identifier for
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent. Use LEI if
                                                       safekeeping agent
                                                       has one.
SA.3........  Legal name of       John Doe & Co.....  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               safekeeping agent.                      to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent.
SA.4........  Point of contact--  John Doe..........  Information needed  Varchar(200)......
               name.                                   to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent.
SA.5........  Point of contact--  123 Main St, City,  Information needed  Varchar(100)......
               address.            State Zip Code.     to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent.
SA.6........  Point of contact--  1-999-999-9999....  Information needed  Varchar(50).......
               phone.                                  to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent.
SA.7........  Point of contact--  Jdoe@JohnDoe.com..  Information needed  Varchar(100)......
               email.                                  to identify and,
                                                       if necessary,
                                                       communicate with
                                                       the safekeeping
                                                       agent.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                               Details of Formats
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Format                     Content in brief      Additional explanation          Examples
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YYYY-MM-DD...........................  Date...................  YYYY = four digit date,  2015-11-12.
                                                                 MM = 2 digit month, DD
                                                                 = 2 digit date.
Num (25,5)...........................  Up to 25 numerical       Up to 20 numerical       1352.67.
                                        characters including 5   characters before the   12345678901234567890.12
                                        decimals.                decimal point and up     345.
                                                                 to 5 numerical          0.
                                                                 characters after the    -20000.25.
                                                                 decimal point. The dot  -0.257.
                                                                 character is used to
                                                                 separate decimals.
Char(3)..............................  3 alphanumeric           The length is fixed at   USD.
                                        characters.              3 alphanumeric          X1X.
                                                                 characters.             999.
Varchar(25)..........................  Up to 25 alphanumeric    The length is not fixed  asgaGEH3268EFdsagtTRCF5
                                        characters.              but limited at up to     43.
                                                                 25 alphanumeric
                                                                 characters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Dated at Washington, DC, this 13th day of December 2016.

    By order of the Board of Directors.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Valerie J. Best,
Assistant Executive Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2016-30734 Filed 12-27-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 6714-01-P



                                                  95496

                                                  Proposed Rules                                                                                                Federal Register
                                                                                                                                                                Vol. 81, No. 249

                                                                                                                                                                Wednesday, December 28, 2016



                                                  This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER                       • Email: comments@fdic.gov. Include                ready access to expanded QFC portfolio
                                                  contains notices to the public of the proposed          RIN 3064–AE54 on the subject line of                  data. Additionally, the proposed rule
                                                  issuance of rules and regulations. The                  the message.                                          would require that more comprehensive
                                                  purpose of these notices is to give interested             • Mail: Robert E. Feldman, Executive               information be maintained to facilitate
                                                  persons an opportunity to participate in the            Secretary, Attention: Comments, Federal               the FDIC’s understanding of complex
                                                  rule making prior to the adoption of the final
                                                                                                          Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th               QFC portfolios in receivership. The
                                                  rules.
                                                                                                          Street NW., Washington, DC 20429.                     proposed changes to both the formatting
                                                                                                             • Hand Delivery: Comments may be                   and the quantity of information would
                                                  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE                               hand delivered to the guard station at                enable the FDIC, as receiver, to make
                                                  CORPORATION                                             the rear of the 550 17th Street Building              better informed and efficient decisions
                                                                                                          (located on F Street) on business days                as to whether to transfer some or all of
                                                  12 CFR Part 371                                         between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m.                             a failed IDI’s QFCs during the one-
                                                                                                             • Public Inspection: All comments                  business-day stay period for the transfer
                                                                                                          received, including any personal                      of QFCs. This would help the FDIC
                                                  RIN 3064–AE54
                                                                                                          information provided, will be posted                  achieve a least costly resolution.
                                                  Recordkeeping Requirements for                          generally without change to https://                     Part 371 was adopted in 2008
                                                  Qualified Financial Contracts                           www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/.               pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(H) (the
                                                                                                          FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      ‘‘FDIA Recordkeeping Provision’’) to
                                                  AGENCY: Federal Deposit Insurance                       Legal Division: Phillip E. Sloan,                     enable the FDIC to have prompt access
                                                  Corporation (FDIC).                                     Counsel, (703) 562–6137; Joanne W.                    to detailed information about the QFC
                                                  ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.                  Rose, Counsel, (917) 320–2854. Division               portfolios of IDIs for which the FDIC is
                                                                                                          of Resolutions and Receiverships: Marc                appointed receiver.1 In the eight years
                                                  SUMMARY:    The FDIC proposes to amend                  Steckel, Deputy Director, (571) 858–                  since Part 371 was adopted, the FDIC
                                                  its regulations regarding Recordkeeping                 8824; George C. Alexander, Assistant                  has obtained QFC information pursuant
                                                  Requirements for Qualified Financial                    Director, (571) 858–8182.                             to Part 371 from many IDIs in troubled
                                                  Contracts (‘‘Part 371’’), which require                 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            condition, ranging in size from large,
                                                  insured depository institutions (‘‘IDIs’’)                                                                    complex institutions to small
                                                  in a troubled condition to keep records                 I. Policy Objectives                                  community banks. While the
                                                                                                          II. Background
                                                  relating to qualified financial contracts                                                                     information obtained has proved useful
                                                                                                          III. The Proposed Rule
                                                  (‘‘QFCs’’) to which they are party. The                    A. Summary                                         to the FDIC as receiver, the necessity for
                                                  proposed rule would expand the scope                       B. Section-By-Section Analysis                     more comprehensive information from
                                                  of QFC records required to be                              1. Scope, Purpose, and Compliance Dates            institutions with complex QFC
                                                  maintained by an IDI that is subject to                    2. Definitions                                     portfolios in formats that reflect recent
                                                  the FDIC’s recordkeeping requirements                      3. Maintenance of Records                          developments in digital technology was
                                                  and that has total consolidated assets                     4. Content of Records                              evident.
                                                  equal to or greater than $50 billion or is                 5. Transition for Existing Records Entities           In July 2010, Congress enacted the
                                                                                                             6. Enforcement Actions                             Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
                                                  a member of a corporate group where
                                                                                                             7. Appendix A
                                                  one or more affiliates is subject to the                                                                      Consumer Protection Act 2 (‘‘Dodd-
                                                                                                             8. Appendix B
                                                  QFC recordkeeping requirements set                      IV. Expected Effects                                  Frank Act’’), section 210(c)(8)(H)
                                                  forth in the regulations adopted by the                    A. Limited Scope Entities                          (‘‘Section 210(c)(8)(H)’’) of which
                                                  Department of the Treasury (a ‘‘full                       B. Full Scope Entities                             requires the adoption of regulations that
                                                  scope entity’’); for all other IDIs subject                C. All Covered Entities                            require financial companies to maintain
                                                  to the FDIC’s QFC recordkeeping                         V. Alternatives Considered                            QFC records that are determined to be
                                                  requirements, add and delete a limited                  VI. Request for Comments                              necessary or appropriate to assist the
                                                                                                             A. Scope of Coverage                               FDIC as receiver for a covered financial
                                                  number of data requirements and make
                                                                                                             B. Requirements                                    company in being able to exercise its
                                                  certain formatting changes with respect                    C. Implementation
                                                  to the QFC recordkeeping requirements;                     D. Benefits and Costs
                                                                                                                                                                rights and fulfill its obligations under
                                                  require full scope entities to keep QFC                 VII. Regulatory Process                               section 210(c)(8), (9), or (10) of the
                                                  records of certain of their subsidiaries;                  A. Paperwork Reduction Act                         Dodd-Frank Act. These sections of the
                                                  and include certain other changes,                         B. Regulatory Flexibility Act                      Dodd-Frank Act are in most respects
                                                  including changes that would provide                       C. The Treasury and General Government             identical to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e) (8)–(10) of
                                                  additional time for certain IDIs in a                         Appropriations Act of 1999                      the FDIA and cover, among other
                                                                                                             D. Plain Language                                  subjects, the stay applicable to QFCs
                                                  troubled condition to comply with the
                                                  regulations.                                            I. Policy Objectives                                  and the FDIC’s rights to transfer QFCs
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                during the one-business-day stay period.
                                                  DATES: Comments must be received on                        The proposed rule would enhance                       On October 31, 2016, in
                                                  or before February 27, 2017.                            and update recordkeeping requirements                 implementation of Section 210(c)(8)(H),
                                                  ADDRESSES: You may submit comments                      as to QFCs of IDIs in troubled condition              the Department of the Treasury
                                                  by any of the following methods:                        in order to facilitate the orderly                    published regulations (Part 148) that
                                                     • FDIC Web site: https://                            resolution of IDIs with QFC portfolios.               require large U.S. financial holding
                                                  www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/.                 The proposed rule would revise the
                                                  Follow the instructions for submitting                  format of records required to be                        1 12   CFR part 371.
                                                  comments on the agency Web site.                        maintained in order to provide more                     2 12   U.S.C. 5301 et seq.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                     95497

                                                  companies and their U.S. subsidiaries                     condition. Pursuant to this provision, in               effect (‘‘Current Part 371’’). The
                                                  (other than IDIs, certain IDI subsidiaries                2008 the FDIC adopted Part 371, which                   additional data include, among other
                                                  and insurance companies) to maintain                      requires that IDIs in a troubled                        data points, information on underlying
                                                  QFC recordkeeping systems.3 The scope                     condition maintain information relating                 QFCs where the QFC in question is a
                                                  of records required to be maintained by                   to QFCs to which they are party in a                    guarantee, additional information as to
                                                  companies subject to Part 148 is more                     format set forth in two Appendices to                   whether a QFC is guaranteed,
                                                  comprehensive than that required under                    the regulation. As the FDIC noted in the                information as to positions for which a
                                                  Part 371 for IDIs in troubled condition.                  adopting release for Part 371, the FDIC                 QFC serves as a hedge, certain
                                                  Part 148 was prepared in consultation                     as receiver has very little time—the                    information as to the netting sets to
                                                  with the FDIC. Its recordkeeping                          period between the day on which the                     which the QFCs pertain, information as
                                                  requirements reflect the insights                         FDIC is appointed receiver and 5:00                     to cross-default provisions in QFCs,
                                                  obtained by the FDIC in administering                     p.m. Eastern time on the following                      information as to location of collateral,
                                                  Part 371. Part 148, as adopted, reflects                  business day—to determine whether to                    whether the collateral is segregated by
                                                  comments received on the Part 148                         transfer QFCs to which a failed IDI is                  the entity holding the collateral,
                                                  notice of proposed rulemaking, and the                    party.5 The release stated that ‘‘[g]iven               whether the collateral is subject to re-
                                                  input from those comments are, where                      the FDIA Act’s short time frame for such                hypothecation, and information as to
                                                  appropriate, considered in this                           decision by the FDIC, in the case of a                  the value of QFC positions in the
                                                  proposed rule. Part 148 requires                          QFC portfolio of any significant size or                currency applicable to the QFCs. This
                                                  companies that are subject to that rule                   complexity, it may be difficult to obtain               additional information could greatly
                                                  to maintain comprehensive QFC records                     and process the large amount of                         assist the FDIC as receiver in making
                                                  in formats that will enable the FDIC to                   information necessary for an informed                   decisions as to the treatment of the
                                                  expeditiously analyze the information                     decision by the FDIC as receiver unless                 receivership’s QFCs under the Dodd-
                                                  in the event it is appointed as receiver                  the information is readily available to                 Frank Act within the same, short one-
                                                  for a covered financial company                           the FDIC in a format that permits the                   business-day stay period that applies
                                                  pursuant to Title II of the Dodd-Frank                    FDIC to quickly and efficiently carry out               where the FDIC is appointed as
                                                  Act. The comprehensive data fields                        an appropriate financial and legal                      receiver 7 for an IDI under the Federal
                                                  reflect the data that the FDIC has                        analysis.’’ 6 It was the FDIC’s                         Deposit Insurance Act (‘‘FDIA’’).8
                                                  identified as important for it to make its                expectation, when it adopted Part 371,
                                                                                                                                                                    III. The Proposed Rule
                                                  determinations as to whether to transfer                  that the regulations would provide the
                                                  QFCs of a failed institution.                             FDIC with QFC information in a format                   A. Summary
                                                     The proposed rule would harmonize                      that would assist the FDIC in making                       The proposed rule would amend and
                                                  the recordkeeping requirements under                      these determinations.                                   restate Part 371 in its entirety. The
                                                  Part 371 for large IDIs and IDIs that are                    In the eight years since it was                      proposed rule would require full scope
                                                  affiliates of financial companies subject                 adopted, Part 371 has proved very                       entities to maintain the full complement
                                                  to Part 148 with the recordkeeping                        useful to the FDIC in connection with                   of data required by Part 148.9 Full scope
                                                  requirements of Part 148. The                             QFCs of IDIs for which it was appointed                 entities include IDIs with total
                                                  harmonization would support the policy                    receiver. While these institutions, in                  consolidated assets of $50 billion or
                                                  objective of enabling the FDIC to make                    general, had limited QFC portfolios,                    more as well as IDIs (‘‘Part 148
                                                  judicious QFC transfer decisions and                      several large IDIs with significant QFC                 affiliates’’) that are affiliates of one or
                                                  would enable the FDIC, as receiver of an                  portfolios also became in a troubled                    more companies required to maintain
                                                  IDI that is a member of a corporate                       condition and were required to comply                   records pursuant to Part 148. The
                                                  group subject to Part 371, to rapidly                     with the recordkeeping requirements of                  additional data with respect to credit
                                                  obtain a complete picture of the QFC                      Part 371. The process of working with                   support and collateral, among other
                                                  positions of the entire group by                          these IDIs to achieve compliance with                   items, would provide the FDIC as
                                                  combining the records maintained                          Part 371, in addition to being very                     receiver with important information as
                                                  under the two regulations. Such                           useful in resolution planning for these                 to the risks associated with the QFC
                                                  harmonization would also have the                         institutions, was instructive for the                   portfolio and thus assist the FDIC in
                                                  indirect benefit of reducing costs to IDIs                FDIC and caused the FDIC to identify                    addressing more complex QFC
                                                  that become subject to Part 371 and that                  areas where additional data in a more                   portfolios. This is appropriate for larger
                                                  are members of a corporate group                          accessible format would provide the                     institutions that are more likely to have
                                                  subject to Part 148 by enabling such IDIs                 FDIC, as receiver, with important                       significant and more complex QFC
                                                  to utilize the information technology                     benefits in making determinations as to                 portfolios. It also is appropriate for Part
                                                  infrastructure established by their                       whether to transfer the institution’s                   148 affiliates, regardless of size.
                                                  corporate group for purposes of                           QFCs in a manner that would help                        Consistency of recordkeeping
                                                  complying with Part 148.                                  preserve the value of the receivership                  throughout the entire corporate group
                                                                                                            and minimize losses to the Deposit
                                                  II. Background                                            Insurance Fund. The FDIC also gained                       7 Most of the restrictions applicable to the
                                                     The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention                        experience with respect to the length of                treatment of QFCs by an FDIC receiver also apply
                                                  and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 4                     time that sometimes is necessary to                     to the FDIC in its conservatorship capacity. See 12
                                                  includes the FDIA Recordkeeping                           complete QFC recordkeeping                              U.S.C. 1821(e)(8), (9), (10), and (11). While the
                                                                                                                                                                    treatment of QFCs by an FDIC conservator is not
                                                  Provision that authorizes the FDIC, in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            requirements, and identified areas                      identical to the treatment of QFCs in a receivership,
                                                  consultation with the appropriate                         where the requirements could be made                    see 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(E) and (10)(B)(i)–(ii), for
                                                  Federal banking agencies, to prescribe                    clearer.                                                purposes of this preamble reference to the FDIC in
                                                  regulations requiring more detailed                          As previously noted, Part 148 requires               its receivership capacity includes reference to its
                                                                                                                                                                    role as conservator under this statutory authority.
                                                  recordkeeping by an IDI with respect to                   more extensive record keeping than that                    8 12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.
                                                  QFCs if such IDI is in a troubled                         required by Part 371 as currently in                       9 One data row, relating to the status of non-

                                                                                                                                                                    reporting subsidiaries under the provisions of Part
                                                    3 31   CFR part 148.                                      5 73    FR 78162, 78163 (December 22, 2008).          148, has been omitted from the proposed tables for
                                                    4 Public  Law 109–8, 119 Stat. 23.                        6 Id.                                                 full scope entities.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00002     Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95498              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  will provide additional functionality                    access to more comprehensive data in                 Federal banking agency or the FDIC that
                                                  and useful information to the FDIC as                    the event of failure.                                it is in a troubled condition and has also
                                                  receiver of an IDI in that group.                           The proposed rule makes only limited              received written notification from the
                                                  Moreover, the additional burden of this                  additions to the data required Current               FDIC that it is subject to the
                                                  scope of recordkeeping on smaller IDIs                   Part 371 for IDIs other than full scope              recordkeeping requirements of Part 371.
                                                  that are Part 148 affiliates should be                   entities (‘‘limited scope entities’’)                The proposed rule would include a
                                                  mitigated, as the information technology                 because the data from the tables with                requirement that an IDI receive
                                                  infrastructure required to comply with                   the limited additions set forth in the               notification from the FDIC that it is
                                                  Part 371 as proposed to be revised                       proposed rule will provide sufficient                subject to Part 371 in order ensure an
                                                  would be the same information                            information for the FDIC as receiver to              orderly administration of Part 371 by
                                                  technology infrastructure that the                       take necessary actions with respect to               the FDIC.
                                                  corporate group would need to                            QFC portfolios of all but the largest IDIs              Section 371.1(c)(1) of the proposed
                                                  construct in order to comply with Part                   and IDIs that are part of a large group,             rule would require that, within three
                                                  148.                                                     with extensive QFC portfolios, that are              business days of receiving notice that it
                                                     The FDIC decided that the $50 billion                 subject to Part 148. It is unlikely that             is a records entity, an IDI must provide
                                                  total consolidated asset threshold for                   most limited scope entities will have                the FDIC with the contact information of
                                                  full scope entities was appropriate for                  QFC positions of a magnitude and                     the person who is responsible for the
                                                  several reasons. Institutions with this                  complexity that would justify the added              QFC recordkeeping under Part 371 and
                                                  higher threshold are more likely to have                 burden of being subject to the full scope            a directory of the electronic files that
                                                  larger and more complex QFC                              of data requirements imposed by Part                 will be used by the IDI to maintain the
                                                  portfolios. Also, this is the threshold                  148. In assessing what additions to                  information required to be kept under
                                                  used in 12 CFR part 360 to identify                      information should be required for                   Part 371. These requirements are
                                                  institutions that are required to file                   limited scope entities, FDIC staff was               substantially similar to those set forth in
                                                  resolution plans 10 and, accordingly,                    informed by its experience in                        Current Part 371, although the proposed
                                                  was the subject of comments that were                    administering Part 371.                              rule would clarify that the contact
                                                  considered in the formulation of Part                       Only certain portions of Current Part             person must be the person responsible
                                                  360 as adopted. The considerations that                  371would be substantively changed by                 for the recordkeeping system, rather
                                                  merit additional resolution planning for                 the proposed rule. The changes include               than simply a knowledgeable person.
                                                  these institutions also apply to the QFC                 the following: (i) The recordkeeping                 The electronic file directory consists of
                                                  recordkeeping requirements of this Part.                 requirements for full scope IDIs would               the file path or paths of the electronic
                                                  This threshold also corresponds to the                   be expanded; (ii) full scope IDIs would              files located on the IDI’s systems.
                                                  threshold that was established for                       be required to keep records on the QFC                  The proposed rule would set forth a
                                                  determining which bank holding                           activity of certain of their subsidiaries;           different compliance date schedule than
                                                  companies would be subject to                            (iii) the required format for QFC records            that set forth in Current Part 371. Under
                                                  enhanced supervision and prudential                      for limited scope IDIs would be revised              Current Part 371, an IDI is required to
                                                  standards under Title I of the Dodd-                     and a limited number of additional data              comply with Part 371 within 60 days of
                                                  Frank Act 11 and was also adopted by                     fields would be added for these IDIs; (iv)           being notified that it is in troubled
                                                  the Financial Stability Oversight                        the length of time that certain IDIs have            condition under Part 371, unless it
                                                  Council as an initial threshold for                      to comply with the rule would be                     obtains an extension of this deadline. It
                                                  identifying nonbank financial                            increased; (v) changes to the process for            has been the FDIC’s experience that
                                                  companies that merit further evaluation                  obtaining extensions and to the                      some IDIs with significant QFC
                                                  as to whether they should be designated                                                                       portfolios that were subject to Part 371
                                                                                                           permitted duration of extensions for
                                                  under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank                                                                           needed up to 270 days to establish
                                                                                                           certain types of IDIs; (vi) clarifications
                                                  Act.12 Part 148 also uses a $50 billion                                                                       systems that enabled them to maintain
                                                                                                           relating to records access requirements;
                                                  threshold.13 All of the previously                                                                            QFC records in accordance with Part
                                                                                                           and (vii) certain other changes relating
                                                  described uses of the $50 billion                                                                             371. Because extensions under Current
                                                                                                           to transition and other matters.
                                                  threshold reflect a consensus that it is                                                                      Part 371 are limited to 30 days, several
                                                  a reasonable cut-off to identify                         B. Section-By-Section Analysis                       extensions were necessary.
                                                  institutions for heightened attention                                                                            Under section 371.1(c)(2)(i) of the
                                                                                                           1. Scope, Purpose, and Compliance                    proposed rule, all IDIs except for an IDI
                                                  and, in the case of QFC records, for                     Dates                                                that is an accelerated records entity (as
                                                  requirements that would provide quick
                                                                                                              Section 371.1 sets forth the scope and            defined in the next paragraph) would
                                                    10 12  CFR 360.10.
                                                                                                           purpose of the proposed rule, as well as             have 270 days to comply with Part 371.
                                                    11 12  U.S.C. 5365(a).                                 required compliance dates. The                       In addition, § 371.1(d)(1) of the
                                                    12 See Financial Stability Oversight Council           expressed purpose of Part 371—to                     proposed rule would authorize the FDIC
                                                  Guidance for Nonbank Financial Company                   establish recordkeeping requirements                 to provide extensions of up to 120 days
                                                  Determinations, 12 CFR part 1310, app. A., III.a.        with respect to QFCs for IDIs in a                   to records entities other than accelerated
                                                    13 $50 billion is also one of the thresholds used
                                                                                                           troubled condition—would not change                  records entities. This proposed change
                                                  in the OCC guidelines establishing standards for
                                                  recovery planning by certain large IDIs. See 12 CFR      from Current Part 371.                               would reduce or eliminate the need for
                                                  part 30. In its preamble to its 2014 guidelines             Under Current Part 371, an IDI is                 repeated extensions for IDIs that are not
                                                  establishing heightened standards for certain large      required to comply with Part 371 after               accelerated records entities and thus
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  IDIs, the OCC stated that ‘‘the $50 billion asset        receiving written notice from the IDI’s              would reduce the burden on such IDIs.
                                                  criteria is a well understood threshold that the OCC
                                                  and other Federal banking regulatory agencies have
                                                                                                           appropriate Federal banking agency or                   Accelerated records entities are IDIs
                                                  used to demarcate larger, more complex banking           the FDIC that it is in troubled condition            with a composite rating of 4 or 5 or that
                                                  organizations from smaller, less complex banking         under Part 371. Section 371.1(a) of the              are determined to be experiencing a
                                                  organizations.’’ 79 FR 54518, 54521–22 (September        proposed rule would provide that Part                significant deterioration of capital or
                                                  11, 2014) (citing 12 CFR 46.1 (stress testing); 12 CFR
                                                  252.30 (enhanced prudential standards for bank
                                                                                                           371 applies to an IDI that is a ‘‘records            significant funding difficulties or
                                                  holding companies with total consolidated assets of      entity.’’ A records entity is an IDI that            liquidity stress. In view of the increased
                                                  $50 billion or more)).                                   has received notice from its appropriate             risk of near-term failure of IDIs that are


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                               95499

                                                  accelerated records entities, accelerated               an equivalent rating; (2) is subject to a               improvements in risk management
                                                  records entities would remain subject to                proceeding initiated by the FDIC for                    practices and internal policies and
                                                  a 60-day compliance period and                          termination or suspension of deposit                    controls addressing the operations and
                                                  extensions for such entities would be                   insurance; (3) is subject to a cease-and-               risks of significant activities may fall
                                                  limited to 30 days. The 270-day                         desist order or written agreement issued                within the scope of orders or agreements
                                                  compliance period with extensions of                    by the appropriate Federal banking                      that require action to improve the
                                                  up to 120 days is proposed for other                    agency, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q),                financial condition of the IDI within the
                                                  records entities because those entities                 that requires action to improve the                     meaning of the proposed rule.16 On the
                                                  do not pose the same near-term failure                  financial condition of the IDI or is                    other hand, a cease-and-desist order or
                                                  risk as accelerated records entities. The               subject to a proceeding initiated by the                consent order relating to improvements
                                                  proposed rule, under § 371.1(c)(2)(iii),                appropriate Federal banking agency                      with respect to Bank Secrecy Act
                                                  would specify that if a records entity                  which contemplates the issuance of an                   reporting requirements may not fall
                                                  that was not initially an accelerated                   order that requires action to improve the               within the meaning of an order to
                                                  records entity becomes an accelerated                   financial condition of the IDI, unless                  improve the financial condition of the
                                                  records entity, the entity would be                     otherwise informed in writing by the                    IDI.
                                                  required to comply with this rule within                appropriate Federal banking agency; (4)                    As discussed previously, the
                                                  the shorter of 60 days from the date it                 is informed in writing by the IDI’s                     proposed rule would define an
                                                  became an accelerated records entity or                 appropriate Federal banking agency that                 ‘‘accelerated records entity’’ as a records
                                                  270 days from the date it became a                      it is in troubled condition for purposes                entity with a composite rating of 4 or 5
                                                  records entity.                                         of 12 U.S.C. 1831i on the basis of the                  under the Uniform Financial Institution
                                                     Section 371.1(d)(3) of the proposed                  IDI’s most recent report of condition or                Rating System (or in the case of an
                                                  rule would retain the requirement of                    report of examination, or other                         insured branch of a foreign bank, an
                                                  Current Part 371 that written extension                 information available to the IDI’s                      equivalent rating system), or that is
                                                  requests be submitted not less than 15                  appropriate Federal banking agency; or                  determined to be experiencing a
                                                  days prior to the deadline for                          (5) is determined by the appropriate                    significant deterioration of capital or
                                                  compliance, accompanied by a                            Federal banking agency or the FDIC in                   significant funding difficulties or
                                                  statement of the reasons why the                        consultation with the appropriate                       liquidity stress, notwithstanding the
                                                  deadline cannot be met. In order to                     Federal banking agency to be                            composite rating of the institution by its
                                                  reflect the FDIC’s past practice in                     experiencing a significant deterioration                appropriate Federal banking agency in
                                                  considering extension requests under                    of capital or significant funding                       its most recent report of examination.
                                                  Part 371, the proposed rule would also                  difficulties or liquidity stress,                          The proposed rule would require
                                                  expressly require that all extension                    notwithstanding the composite rating of                 different recordkeeping requirements for
                                                  requests include a project plan for                     the IDI by its appropriate Federal                      ‘‘full scope entities’’ and ‘‘limited scope
                                                  achieving compliance (including                         banking agency in its most recent report                entities,’’ and adds definitions of those
                                                  timeline) and a progress report.                        of examination.                                         terms for clarity and conciseness. The
                                                                                                             While the proposed rule would make                   rule would define a full scope entity as
                                                  2. Definitions                                                                                                  a records entity that has total
                                                                                                          no change to the definition of troubled
                                                     Section 371.2 contains definitions                   condition, the FDIC notes that the third                consolidated assets equal to or greater
                                                  used in Part 371. The proposed rule                     prong of the definition, which addresses                than $50 billion or that is a Part 148
                                                  would add new definitions that reflect                  IDIs subject to a cease-and-desist order                affiliate. ‘‘Part 148 affiliate’’ is defined
                                                  the proposed changes to the text and                    or written agreement issued by the                      as a records entity that is a member of
                                                  tables of Part 371.                                     appropriate Federal banking agency that                 a corporate group one or more other
                                                     Newly defined terms include ‘‘records                requires action to improve the financial                members of which are required to
                                                  entity,’’ which is added for clarity and                condition of the IDI 14 is intended to be               maintain QFC records pursuant to Part
                                                  conciseness to denote an IDI that is                    broadly interpreted to include consent                  148. A limited scope entity would be
                                                  subject to Part 371. As previously                      orders, or stipulations entered into by,                defined as a records entity that is not a
                                                  discussed, the definition would provide                 or imposed upon, the IDI pursuant to 12                 full scope entity. As discussed
                                                  that in order to be a records entity, and               U.S.C. 1818(b) of the FDIA. Whether any                 previously, the proposed rule would
                                                  thus subject to Part 371, an IDI must                   such consent order or stipulation, or any               require full scope entities to keep more
                                                  receive notice from its appropriate                     cease-and-desist order or written                       detailed QFC records than limited scope
                                                  Federal banking agency or the FDIC that                 agreement, requires ‘‘action to improve                 entities.
                                                  it is in a troubled condition and must                  the financial condition’’ of the IDI will                  The proposed rule would require that
                                                  also receive notice from the FDIC that it               depend on the facts and circumstances                   full scope entities include, among other
                                                  is subject to the recordkeeping                         surrounding the particular order or                     items, records for their reportable
                                                  requirements of Part 371. The definition                agreement, but it is not limited to an                  subsidiaries. A reportable subsidiary
                                                  of records entity would include an IDI                  order or agreement that specifically                    would be defined to include a
                                                  already subject to the recordkeeping                    mentions adequacy of capital. It may                    subsidiary of an IDI that is not a
                                                  requirements of Part 371 as of the                      also include, where appropriate, factors                functionally regulated subsidiary as
                                                  effective date of the final rule.                       relating to asset quality, management,                  defined in 12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5), a
                                                     Current Part 371 defines ‘‘troubled                  earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to                 security-based swap dealer as defined in
                                                  condition’’ to mean any IDI that (1) has                market risk, as each factor is defined in               15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71), or a major security-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  a composite rating, as determined by its                the FDIC’s notice of adoption of policy                 based swap participant as defined in 15
                                                  appropriate Federal banking agency in                   statement regarding the Uniform                         U.S.C. 78c(a)(67). Since QFC data for
                                                  its most recent report of examination, of               Financial Institutions Rating System.15                 reportable subsidiaries is not required to
                                                  3 (only for IDIs with total consolidated                For instance, in the case of management,                be maintained under Part 148, requiring
                                                  assets of $10 billion dollars or greater),              an order or agreement that requires                     this information in Part 371 would
                                                  4, or 5 under the Uniform Financial                                                                             provide the FDIC as receiver with more
                                                  Institution Rating System, or in the case                 14 12   CFR 371.2(f)(3) (2016).
                                                  of an insured branch of a foreign bank,                   15 See   62 FR 752 (Jan. 6, 1997).                      16 Id.   at 755.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00004     Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM     28DEP1


                                                  95500              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  complete recordkeeping for the largest                  clarify that these updates be based on                 recordkeeping, and § 371.3(b) would
                                                  entities, which are likely to have more                 the previous end-of-day values. The                    require that the FDIC be notified within
                                                  subsidiaries and, as discussed                          proposed rule would require that the                   3 business days of any change to such
                                                  previously, are likely to have larger and               records entity be capable of providing                 information.
                                                  more complex QFC portfolios.                            the preceding day’s end-of-day values to                 The proposed rule would make no
                                                     The proposed rule would also add a                   the FDIC no later than 7:00 a.m. (Eastern              change to the requirement in Current
                                                  definition for ‘‘business day’’ that is                 Time) each day. The 7:00 a.m. deadline                 Part 371 that a records entity may cease
                                                  consistent with the definition of this                  is proposed in light of the limited stay               maintaining records one year after it
                                                  term used in 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(D)                   period for transfer of QFCs by the FDIC                ceases to be a records entity or, if it is
                                                  and a definition for ‘‘control’’ (used in               as receiver, which ends at 5:00 p.m.                   acquired by or merges with an IDI entity
                                                  the definition of the term ‘‘affiliate’’),              (Eastern Time) on the business day                     that is not in troubled condition,
                                                  which is defined consistently with the                  following the date of the appointment of               following the time it ceases to be a
                                                  definition of this term in the FDI Act.17               the receiver.18 This deadline represents               separately insured IDI.
                                                  In addition, the proposed rule would                    a clarification of the requirement
                                                  define ‘‘total consolidated assets,’’ used              contained in Current Part 371 that IDIs                4. Content of Records
                                                  in the definition of troubled condition                 subject to Part 371 maintain the capacity                 Section 371.4 of the proposed rule
                                                  and in the definition of full scope entity,             to produce records at the close of                     would set forth the requirements for the
                                                  as total consolidated assets as reported                processing on a daily basis.19 The next-               content of the QFC records that are
                                                  on a records entity’s most recent audited               day 7:00 a.m. deadline would be                        required to be maintained by records
                                                  consolidated statement of financial                     applicable, whether or not the day on                  entities. As discussed previously,
                                                  condition filed with its appropriate                    which access would be required (the                    Section 371.4(b) would require a full
                                                  Federal banking agency.                                 next day) is a business day, to allow the              scope entity to maintain QFC records in
                                                     Minor drafting changes to the                        FDIC to have the maximum time to                       accordance with Appendix B to Part
                                                  definition of ‘‘qualified financial                     make necessary decisions and take                      371, which requires significantly more
                                                  contract’’ are included in the proposed                 necessary actions with respect to the                  comprehensive records than are
                                                  rule. These changes are for clarity only                QFC portfolio, even where the IDI is                   required under Current Part 371. In
                                                  and are not intended to make                            closed on a Friday. Even though, in the                general, full scope entities are likely to
                                                  substantive changes in the meaning of                   case of a Friday closing, the next day is              have significant QFC portfolios and the
                                                  this term.                                              not a business day, the next day                       expanded recordkeeping will facilitate
                                                     The proposed rule would also add                     deadline should impose no additional                   the decisions that must be made by the
                                                  certain terms in order to clarify portions              burden on an IDI since the proposed                    FDIC with respect to these QFC
                                                  of Part 371, including terms used in the                rule would require that the IDI be                     portfolios. Appendix B is substantially
                                                  proposed new data tables. These terms                   capable of providing records on the next               similar to the tables included in the Part
                                                  include ‘‘parent entity,’’ ‘‘corporate                  day in all circumstances. Finally, the                 148 regulations and, accordingly, if a
                                                  group,’’ ‘‘counterparty,’’ ‘‘amendment                  proposed rule would extend the 7:00                    records entity is an affiliate of an entity
                                                  effective date,’’ ‘‘legal entity identifier’’           a.m. deadline if the FDIC does not                     that is required to keep records under
                                                  (LEI), and ‘‘subsidiary.’’                              request access to the records at least                 Part 148, it is likely that it would be able
                                                                                                          eight hours before the 7:00 a.m.                       to use the recordkeeping infrastructure
                                                  3. Maintenance of Records
                                                                                                          deadline.                                              developed to comply with Part 148.
                                                     Section 371.3 of the proposed rule                      The proposed rule would also add a
                                                  would set forth the requirements for                                                                           Consistency of the information as to the
                                                                                                          new requirement that electronic records
                                                  maintaining QFC records. As under                                                                              IDI and its reportable subsidiaries as
                                                                                                          be compiled in a manner that permits
                                                  Current Part 371, paragraph (a) of the                                                                         well as the other entities in the
                                                                                                          aggregation and disaggregation of such
                                                  proposed rule would require that QFC                    records by counterparty, and if a records              corporate group will provide the FDIC
                                                  records be maintained in electronic                     entity is maintaining records in                       with a more comprehensive
                                                  form in the format set forth in the                     accordance with Appendix B, by                         understanding of the QFC exposure of
                                                  Appendices to Part 371, unless the                      records entity and reportable subsidiary.              the group.
                                                  records entity qualifies for the                        The proposed rule would add a                             Section 371.4 (a) of the proposed rule
                                                  exemption from electronic                               requirement that a records entity                      would require a limited scope entity to
                                                  recordkeeping for institutions with                     maintain daily records for a period of                 maintain less comprehensive QFC
                                                  fewer than 20 QFC positions, and that                   not less than five business days in order              records under Appendix A, which is
                                                  all such records in electronic form be                  to ensure that there are records available             similar in scope to the Appendix to
                                                  updated on a daily basis. In recognition                to the FDIC that indicate the trends in                Current Part 371, with the changes
                                                  of the value to the FDIC of consistency                 an institution’s QFC holdings even                     discussed under ‘‘7. Appendix A’’.
                                                  of recordkeeping through an entire                      before the actual previous end-of-day’s                Section 371.4(a) would give a limited
                                                  corporate group, the proposed rule                      records are available to the FDIC.                     scope entity the option to maintain the
                                                  would add a new requirement, in                            The proposed rule also would change                 more comprehensive QFC records
                                                  § 371.3(a)(4), that records maintained by               the requirement in Current Part 371                    required under paragraph (b). The FDIC
                                                  a Part 148 affiliate are compiled                       with respect to the point of contact at                anticipates that if a limited scope entity
                                                  consistently with records compiled by                   the records entity to answer questions                 expects to meet the criteria of a full
                                                                                                          with respect to the electronic files being             scope entity at some point in the future,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  its affiliates pursuant to Part 148. This
                                                  would require that an IDI subject to Part               maintained at the records entity. Section              it might wish to maintain records under
                                                  371 use the same data inputs (for                       371.1(c) of the proposed rule would                    Appendix B in order to avoid changing
                                                  example, counterparty identifier) as the                require that records entities provide the              its records system.
                                                  inputs used for reporting pursuant to                   FDIC the name and contact information                     The QFC records under Appendices A
                                                  Part 148. The proposed rule would                       for the person responsible for                         and B are necessary to assist the FDIC
                                                                                                                                                                 in determining, during the short one-
                                                    17 12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(5), which uses the definition      18 See   12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(A).                   business-day stay period applicable to
                                                  set forth in 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2).                        19 See   12 CFR 371.3.                               QFCs, whether to transfer QFCs.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00005    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           95501

                                                     The proposed rule also would require                 instance because the records under                    immediately prior to the effective date
                                                  records entities that are subject to                    Appendix B are more comprehensive                     of the amendments to Part 371 would be
                                                  § 371.4(b) to include information on                    than the records under Appendix A.                    required to comply with all
                                                  QFCs to which their reportable                             If a limited scope entity that is not yet          recordkeeping requirements of Part 371
                                                  subsidiaries are a party. This                          maintaining QFC records in accordance                 within 270 days after the effective date
                                                  information would be provided by the                    with Appendix A or B becomes a full                   of the amendments or, in the case of an
                                                  records entity, not the reportable                      scope entity, the proposed rule would                 accelerated records entity, 60 days. Any
                                                  subsidiary. As discussed previously, a                  require the records entity to maintain                such records entity would also be
                                                  reportable subsidiary would be defined                  QFC records in accordance with                        required to continue to maintain the
                                                  to include a subsidiary of an IDI that is               Appendix B within 270 days of the date                records required by Current Part 371
                                                  not a functionally regulated subsidiary                 on which it became a records entity or,               until it maintains the records required
                                                  as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5), a                   if it is an accelerated records entity,               by § 371.4(b), as applicable.
                                                  security-based swap dealer as defined in                within 60 days. The same compliance
                                                                                                          timeframes would apply to a records                      Additionally, the proposed rule
                                                  15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71), or a major security-
                                                                                                          entity that is a full scope entity that               contains a provision that addresses the
                                                  based swap participant as defined in 15
                                                  U.S.C. 78c(a)(67). Like IDIs, reportable                becomes a limited scope entity before it              transition of a full scope entity that is
                                                  subsidiaries are excluded from the                      maintains QFC records in accordance                   required to keep records under the
                                                  recordkeeping requirements of Part 148,                 with Appendix B. These compliance                     Current Part 371 but is not in
                                                  while information as to subsidiaries that               periods for records entities that change              compliance with Current Part 371’s
                                                  are not reportable subsidiaries would be                their recordkeeping status reflect the                recordkeeping requirements
                                                  available to the FDIC from information                  importance to the FDIC of promptly                    immediately prior to the effective date
                                                  provided under Part 148. Without                        obtaining QFC records from IDIs in                    of the amendments to Part 371. The
                                                  information as to QFCs of reportable                    troubled condition.                                   proposed rule would require such a
                                                  subsidiaries, the FDIC, as receiver,                       Records entities that experience a                 records entity to comply with the
                                                  might not have information that would                   change in status, like IDIs newly subject             recordkeeping requirements of Part 371,
                                                  allow it to assess the effect of its transfer           to Part 371, would be permitted to apply              as amended, within 270 days after the
                                                  and retention decisions for QFCs of an                  for extensions of time to comply under                date that it first became a records entity
                                                  IDI on the entire group comprised of the                § 371.1(d).                                           or, in the case of an accelerated records
                                                                                                             The proposed rule would retain the                 entity, 60 days.
                                                  IDI and its subsidiaries. While this
                                                                                                          de minimis exception included in
                                                  information would also be useful from                                                                            The effect of these provisions would
                                                                                                          Current Part 371. This provision allows
                                                  limited scope entities maintaining                                                                            be to provide more time for the
                                                                                                          a records entity with fewer than 20 QFC
                                                  information in accordance with                                                                                transition to the recordkeeping
                                                                                                          positions at the time it becomes a
                                                  Appendix A, the FDIC does not believe                                                                         requirements of Part 371, as amended,
                                                                                                          records entity to maintain these records
                                                  that the advantage of having this                                                                             for full scope entities that are keeping
                                                                                                          in any format it chooses, including
                                                  information on reportable subsidiaries                                                                        the records required under Current Part
                                                                                                          paper records, so long as the required
                                                  would outweigh the burden for these                                                                           371 and less time for those that are not.
                                                                                                          records are capable of being updated
                                                  smaller IDIs which, individually or with                                                                      The FDIC believes that it is reasonable
                                                                                                          daily, provided that the records entity
                                                  their subsidiaries, are not expected to                                                                       to give IDIs that are actually maintaining
                                                                                                          does not subsequently have 20 or more
                                                  normally have significant QFC                                                                                 the information required by Current Part
                                                                                                          QFC positions.
                                                  positions.                                                                                                    371 more time to transition to the
                                                     Section 371.4(c) of the proposed rule                5. Transition for Existing Records                    recordkeeping requirements of the
                                                  would provide requirements for a                        Entities                                              amendments to Part 371 because even in
                                                  records entity that changes its                            Section 371.5 of the proposed rule                 the worst case scenario where the IDI is
                                                  recordkeeping status. It would require                  would provide rules for full scope                    placed into receivership prior to the
                                                  that a limited scope entity that is                     entities that are subject to Current Part             transition, the FDIC will have some
                                                  maintaining QFC records in accordance                   371 immediately prior to the effective                information on the QFCs of the IDI to
                                                  with the tables in Appendix A that                      date of the amendments to Part 371 to                 use in making the transfer
                                                  subsequently becomes a full scope                       transition to the new recordkeeping                   determination. If the transition
                                                  entity maintain QFC records in                          requirements included in the proposed                 provisions of the proposed rule were to
                                                  accordance with the tables in Appendix                  rule. Limited scope entities that are                 give a full new 270 day period to an IDI
                                                  B within 270 days of becoming a full                    subject to Current Part 371 immediately               already subject to Part 371, it might be
                                                  scope entity or, if it is an accelerated                prior to the effective date of the                    the case that the IDI would be placed
                                                  records entity, within 60 days. The                     amendments would not be required to                   into receivership prior to providing any
                                                  proposed rule would require such an                     transition to the new recordkeeping                   of the records required by Current Part
                                                  entity to continue to maintain the                      requirements. If, however, any such                   371 or the proposed rule.
                                                  records under the tables in Appendix A                  limited scope entity ceases to be subject
                                                  until it maintains the QFC records                      to the recordkeeping requirements                     6. Enforcement Actions
                                                  specified in the tables to Appendix B. A                because it ceases to be in troubled                     Section 371.6 of the proposed rule is
                                                  full scope entity that subsequently                     condition for one year pursuant to                    unchanged from § 371.5 of Current Part
                                                  becomes a limited scope entity would                    § 371.3(d) but subsequently again
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                371. It provides that violation of Part
                                                  be permitted to opt to maintain records                 becomes subject to the recordkeeping                  371 would subject a records entity to
                                                  under the tables in Appendix A. This                    requirements, at such subsequent time                 enforcement action under Section 8 of
                                                  entity would be required to continue to                 the limited scope entity would be                     the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1818).
                                                  maintain the records specified in the                   subject to the new recordkeeping
                                                  tables to Appendix B until it maintains                 requirements.                                         7. Appendix A
                                                  the records in accordance with                             Under the proposed rule, a full scope
                                                  Appendix A. The FDIC is not requiring                   entity that is maintaining QFC records                 Appendix A of the proposed rule
                                                  a time period for compliance in such                    in accordance with Current Part 371                   would apply to a records entity that is


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95502             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  a limited scope entity.20 The file                      basis with respect to all QFCs entered                  Accordingly, new rows A1.8 and A1.9
                                                  structure for Appendix A would require                  into with counterparties of the same                    would require that information.
                                                  two data tables: (1) Table A–1—                         affiliated group. This may, but does not                   Rows A1.19–A1.21 would require
                                                  Position-level data and (2) Table A–2—                  always, comport with straightforward                    additional information as to third party
                                                  Counterparty Netting Set Data. It would                 netting sets, so the efficient                          credit enhancements in favor of the
                                                  also require two master data lookup                     identification of affiliated counterparties             records entity. This information is
                                                  tables: (1) Corporate Org Master Table                  is critical to the FDIC’s decisions that                important to assessing credit risk and
                                                  and (2) Counterparty Master Table.                      must be made within the short one-                      net exposure with respect to QFCs,
                                                  Although the scope of Appendix A is                     business-day stay period. In addition,                  which will facilitate decisions with
                                                  generally similar to the scope of                       proposed Table A–1 would require that                   respect to transfer of those QFCs. Rows
                                                  information required under Current Part                 the identifier used for records entities as             A1.22–A1.24 would require information
                                                  371, the approach to the format of the                  well as counterparties be a Legal Entity                as to positions of the records entity to
                                                  data required is changed. All of the                    Identifier (‘‘LEI’’), if the records entity or          which the QFC relates. For example,
                                                  proposed tables are expected to be data                 counterparty has one. LEIs are                          these rows would indicate if obligations
                                                  sets that allow for sorting and review                  identifiers maintained for companies by                 relating to a loan made by the failed IDI
                                                  using readily available tools which the                 a global organization and are                           are being hedged by the QFC.
                                                  FDIC expects will make them more                        increasingly used by financial                             Other proposed changes are intended
                                                  useful to the institution as well as to the             institutions. Accordingly, their use in                 to facilitate the ability of the FDIC to
                                                  FDIC in the event it is appointed as                    Part 371 would ensure that variations                   electronically identify positions and
                                                  receiver. To accommodate this change                    from formal names do not result in the                  governing agreements. Rows A1.10–
                                                  in format and to make it easier to input                misidentification of a records entity or                A1.12 would require identifying
                                                  and to sort data, the lookup tables have                counterparty and thus help ensure that                  information regarding the QFC master
                                                  been added.                                             the FDIC satisfies its obligation to                    agreement or primary agreement (e.g.,
                                                     Table A–1. Like Table A–1 of Current                 transfer all, or none, of the QFC                       the guarantee agreement in the case of
                                                  Part 371, Table A–1 would require                       positions between a failed IDI and a                    a guarantee) and, if different, netting
                                                  position level information as to each                   counterparty and its affiliates.                        agreement, in lieu of the requirement in
                                                  QFC of a records entity. Certain changes                   Proposed new Rows A1.5 and A1.6,                     Current Part 371 that these agreements
                                                  have been made with respect to the                      which would require that data include                   be separately listed. Row A1.13 would
                                                  information required on current Table                   the internal booking location identifier                add a requirement that the trade date of
                                                  A–1, however, with two data fields                      and the unique booking unit or desk                     a position be specified in order to help
                                                  eliminated and a few others added in                    identifier of a QFC, are intended to                    the FDIC differentiate between different
                                                  proposed Table A–1.                                     improve the ability of the FDIC to                      positions with the same counterparty.
                                                     Specifically, Table A–1 of the                       identify individuals at a records entity                   Finally, Table A–1 does not include
                                                  proposed rule would make a limited                      who are familiar with a particular                      two data fields in Table A of Current
                                                  number of additions to the rows                         position. This can be of major                          Part 371 that in practice have not
                                                  included in Table A–1 of Current Part                   importance to the FDIC in determining,                  generally proved to elicit useful
                                                  371 in order to provide ready electronic                during the one business day stay period,                information. These are the rows that
                                                  access to information that FDIC staff has               whether to retain or transfer a QFC. This               require that the purpose of the QFC
                                                  found to be important in determining                    requirement would replace the                           position and that documentation status
                                                  whether to transfer or retain QFCs of a                 requirement in Current Part 371 that the                be identified.
                                                  failed IDI. These additions include Row                 table specify a portfolio location                         Table A–2. Like Table A–2 of Current
                                                  A1.1, which requires an ‘‘as of’’ date.                 identifier and provide a list of booking                Part 371, Table A–2 would require
                                                  This information is important because a                 locations.                                              information as to QFC positions
                                                  records entity often derives data from                     Some of the new rows in Table A–1                    aggregated by counterparty and
                                                  multiple systems in multiple locations                  are designed to provide the FDIC with                   maintained at each level of netting
                                                  and the FDIC needs to be able to                        information about other positions or                    under the relevant governing agreement.
                                                  expeditiously determine whether, due                    assets of the records entity to which a                 If a master agreement covers multiple
                                                  to differences in time zone, legal                      QFC relates. For example, where an                      types of transactions, but does not
                                                  holidays or other factors, any of the data              interest rate swap relates to a loan made               require that the different types of
                                                  is not current. Other additions are made                by an IDI or to a different swap of the                 transactions be netted against each other
                                                  to allow for systematic, electronic                     IDI, this information would be of critical              the net exposures under each type of
                                                  identification of parties. Row A1.2                     importance to the FDIC in making its                    transaction would need to be separately
                                                  would require that a records entity                     determination of whether to transfer or                 reported. Thus, for example, where a
                                                  identifier be provided and Row A1.4                     retain that QFC. The FDIA provides that                 single Master Agreement covered both
                                                  would require use of a counterparty                     a guarantee or other credit enhancement                 interest rate swaps and forward
                                                  identifier. Current Part 371 requires that              of a QFC is itself a QFC.21 Under                       exchange transactions but did not
                                                  a records entity provide a list of                      Current Part 371, a guarantee or other                  require netting between the swap
                                                  counterparty identifiers, but the new                   credit enhancement was reported in the                  positions and the repo positions, the net
                                                  proposed format will facilitate the                     same manner as any other QFC, but                       exposures of the interest rate swaps
                                                  prompt and accurate identification of                   experience under Current Part 371 made                  would be reported separately from the
                                                                                                          clear that records on guarantees and                    net exposures of the repurchase
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  counterparties as well as the
                                                  determination of whether they are                       credit enhancements would be clearer                    agreements.
                                                  affiliated entities. This is important                  and more complete with clear                               While there are several non-
                                                  because in an FDIA resolution, QFCs                     information with respect to the type of                 substantive, clarifying drafting changes
                                                  must be transferred on an all-or-none                   QFC covered by the enhancement and                      and additions to rows included in the
                                                                                                          the QFC party whose obligations are                     existing Table A–2, the substantive
                                                   20 As discussed previously, a limited scope entity     being credit enhanced be specified.                     additions are limited. Like Table A–1,
                                                  may elect to report on the more comprehensive                                                                   Table A–2 includes new rows that
                                                  Appendix B.                                               21 12   U.S.C.(e)(8)(D).                              require records entity identifiers,


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00007     Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           95503

                                                  information as to third party credit                       8. Appendix B                                         connection with the FDIC’s obligations
                                                  enhancements in favor of the records                          Appendix B of the proposed rule                    under 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10) to take steps
                                                  entity and additional information                          would apply to a records entity that is               reasonably calculated to give notice of
                                                  relating to the underlying contracts for                   a full scope entity as well as to a limited           transfer of a QFC.
                                                  QFCs that are themselves credit                                                                                     Table A–4. This table would require
                                                                                                             scope entity that elects to use Appendix
                                                  enhancements.                                                                                                    data as to the different items of
                                                                                                             B rather than Appendix A. As discussed
                                                                                                                                                                   collateral that support different netting
                                                     Rows A2.16–A2.17 would require                          previously, Appendix B corresponds to
                                                                                                                                                                   sets. For each netting set, this table
                                                  information as to the next margin                          the information required for records
                                                                                                                                                                   would require information as to the
                                                  payment date in order to help the                          entities under Part 148. It includes all of
                                                                                                                                                                   original face amount, local currency,
                                                  receiver or transferee avoid inadvertent                   the data discussed above that is required
                                                                                                                                                                   market value, location and jurisdiction
                                                  defaults and analyze the positions.                        by Appendix A plus additional
                                                                                                                                                                   of each item of collateral provided. This
                                                                                                             information that is important for                     table would also require an indication of
                                                     Table A–2 would continue require
                                                                                                             understanding the larger and more                     whether the item of collateral is
                                                  information as to the net current market
                                                                                                             complex QFC portfolios of the largest                 segregated from other assets of the
                                                  value of all positions under a netting
                                                                                                             IDIs. The file structure for Appendix B               safekeeping agent (which can be a third
                                                  agreement, but would also require that
                                                                                                             would require four data tables: (1) Table             party or a party to the QFC), and
                                                  the current positive market value and
                                                                                                             A–1—Position-level data, (2) Table A–                 whether re-hypothecation of the item of
                                                  current negative market value of all                       2—Counterparty Netting Set Data, (3)
                                                  such positions be separately stated. This                                                                        collateral is permitted. This data would
                                                                                                             Table A–3—Legal Agreements and (4)                    help the FDIC evaluate the adequacy of
                                                  break down of information would assist                     Table A–4—Collateral Detail Data. It
                                                  the FDIC in its analysis of the net                                                                              collateral for each QFC netting set, as
                                                                                                             would also require four master data                   well as the potential for the collateral to
                                                  overall position.                                          lookup tables: (1) Corporate Org Master               be subject to ring-fencing by a foreign
                                                     Corporate Org Master Table. The                         Table, (2) Counterparty Master Table, (3)             jurisdiction.
                                                  proposed rule retains the requirement of                   Booking Location Master Table and (4)                    Table A–1. Proposed Table A–1 in
                                                  Current Part 371 for complete                              Safekeeping Agent Master Table.                       Appendix B is very similar to proposed
                                                  information regarding the organizational                      The most significant additional data               Table A–1 in Appendix A. In addition
                                                  structure of the records entity, however,                  required by Appendix B, as compared to                to requiring that data be expressed in
                                                  proposed Appendix A would require                          Appendix A, is provided for in Tables                 U.S. dollars, the table as proposed to be
                                                  that a records entity maintain that                        A–3 and A–4 of Appendix B. In general,                included in Appendix B requires that
                                                  information in the corporate                               these Tables require additional                       certain data also be expressed in local
                                                  organizational master table in lieu of                     information with respect to the master                currency in order to assist the FDIC’s
                                                  any other form of organizational chart.                    agreements or other contracts governing               analysis of positions. It also requires
                                                  Requiring this information in this                         QFCs as well as additional information                that the fair value asset classification
                                                  format will make this information more                     regarding collateral supporting QFCs.                 under GAAP, IFRs or other applicable
                                                  easily accessible to the FDIC with                            In addition, Tables A–1 and A–2 for                accounting standards be set forth and
                                                  improved functionality.                                    these entities require that the market                that additional information be provided
                                                                                                             value and notional amount of positions                relating to credit enhancements that
                                                     Counterparty Master Table. The FDIA
                                                                                                             be expressed in local currencies, as well             benefit a QFC counterparty of the
                                                  requires that in making a transfer of a
                                                                                                             as in U.S. dollars, and that information              records entity.
                                                  QFC the receiver must either (1) transfer                  as to amount of collateral subject to re-                Table A–2. Table A–2 in Appendix B
                                                  all QFCs between a records entity and                      hypothecation be provided.                            is very similar to Table A–2 in
                                                  a counterparty and the counterparty’s                         Table A–3. This table would require                Appendix A. The only added rows
                                                  affiliates to the same transferee IDI, or                  specific information as to each                       would require information about
                                                  (2) transfer none of such QFCs.22 Thus,                    governing agreement, such as an ISDA                  collateral that is subject to re-
                                                  an understanding of the relationship of                    master agreement or other netting                     hypothecation, information as to the
                                                  the counterparties is critical to the                      agreement or, in the case of a QFC that               identity of the safekeeping agent, i.e.,
                                                  FDIC’s function as receiver. Current Part                  is a credit enhancement, the agreement                the party holding the collateral, which
                                                  371 required this information in the                       governing such credit enhancement.                    can be either a party to the QFC or a
                                                  form of a list of affiliates of                            The required information would include                third party, and information as to credit
                                                  counterparties that are also                               the agreement’s governing law, whether                enhancements that benefit a QFC
                                                  counterparties to QFC transactions with                    the agreement includes a cross-default                counterparty of the records entity.
                                                  a records entity or its affiliates. The                    determined by reference to an entity                     Booking Location Master Table. This
                                                  proposed rule would require that a                         that is not a party to the agreement and,             master table would require certain
                                                  records entity maintain this information                   if so, the identity of such other party,              additional information regarding each
                                                  in the form of a counterparty                              and contact information for each                      QFC, including internal booking
                                                  organizational master table that would                     counterparty.                                         location identifiers, and booking unit or
                                                  be completed with respect to each                             The information as to governing law                desk contact information. This
                                                  counterparty of a records entity. The                      is needed to evaluate whether there is                information would assist the FDIC in
                                                  listing on each such table of the                          any likelihood of different treatment of              locating personnel at the IDI with
                                                  immediate and ultimate parent entity of                    transfer of the QFC, access to collateral             knowledge of the QFC.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  the counterparty would enable the FDIC                     or other matters under non-U.S. law.                     Safekeeping Agent Master Table. This
                                                  to efficiently and reliably identify                       The cross-default information is                      table would provide information as to
                                                  counterparties that are affiliates of each                 necessary so that the likelihood of the               points of contact for each collateral
                                                  other without requiring full                               QFC terminating on account of the                     safekeeping agent. This information
                                                  organizational charts of each                              insolvency or payment defaults or other               would assist the FDIC in locating
                                                  counterparty group.                                        matters relating to a third party can be              personnel at the safekeeping agent who
                                                                                                             analyzed. The counterparty contact                    are familiar with the collateral and the
                                                    22 12   U.S.C. 1821(e)(9).                               information may be important in                       safekeeping arrangements.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95504             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  IV. Expected Effects                                    understand the QFC portfolios of                      scope entities per year, on average, will
                                                     The FDIC has considered the expected                 institutions this size, which are more                be subject to the recordkeeping
                                                  effects of the proposed rule on covered                 likely to be large and complex than the               requirements of the proposed rule. It is
                                                  institutions, the financial sector and the              QFC portfolios of limited scope entities.             anticipated that the proposed rule
                                                  U.S. economy. The proposed rule will                    As of September 30th, 2016, based on                  would result in an additional 6,000
                                                  likely pose some costs for covered                      Consolidated Reports of Condition and                 labor hours per year for covered
                                                  institutions, but by expanding the QFC                  Income as of that date, there were 40                 institutions.23 To comply with the
                                                  recordkeeping requirements for                          FDIC-insured institutions with                        recordkeeping requirements of the rule
                                                  institutions in troubled condition the                  consolidated assets in excess of $50                  it is assumed that IDIs in troubled
                                                  proposed rule will enable the FDIC to                   billion. There are another 29 FDIC-                   condition will employ attorneys,
                                                                                                          insured institutions with consolidated                compliance officers, credit analysts,
                                                  make better informed decisions on how
                                                                                                          assets of less than $50 billion that are              computer programmers, computer
                                                  to manage the QFC portfolio of covered
                                                                                                          members of corporate groups that are                  systems analysts, database
                                                  institutions if they enter into
                                                                                                          subject to Part 148, resulting in a total             administrators, financial managers, and
                                                  receivership. The proposed rule also
                                                                                                          of 69 potential full-scope entities. In the           computer information systems
                                                  would harmonize the scope and format
                                                                                                          event that one of these institutions                  managers. The FDIC has estimated that
                                                  of Part 371’s QFC recordkeeping
                                                                                                          becomes in a troubled condition, as                   the average hourly wage rate for
                                                  requirements for full scope entities with
                                                                                                          defined in the rule, the FDIC assumes                 recordkeepers to comply with the
                                                  the recordkeeping requirements under
                                                                                                          that, on average, it will take                        recordkeeping burden is approximately
                                                  Part 148 and thereby permit IDIs that
                                                                                                          approximately 3,000 labor hours to                    $57 per hour based on average hourly
                                                  become subject to Part 371 and are                                                                            wage information by occupation from
                                                  members of corporate groups subject to                  comply with the recordkeeping
                                                                                                          requirements of the proposed revisions                the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
                                                  Part 148 to use information technology                                                                        Labor Statistics.24 Therefore the FDIC
                                                  systems developed by their Part 148                     to Part 371 for full scope entities over
                                                                                                          and above the amount of time that                     estimates that the proposed rule will
                                                  affiliates in order to comply with Part                                                                       pose approximately $342,000 in
                                                  371. Finally, by enabling the FDIC to                   would be expected to be required in
                                                                                                          order to comply with Current Part 371                 expected additional compliance costs
                                                  more efficiently evaluate and                                                                                 on average, each year, for full scope
                                                  understand QFC portfolios the proposed                  for comparable entities. The
                                                                                                          implementation costs borne by covered                 entities.
                                                  rule will help the FDIC as receiver
                                                  minimize unintended defaults through                    institutions primarily include costs that             Limited Scope Entities
                                                  failures to make timely payments or                     would be incurred in order to
                                                                                                                                                                  The proposed rule would likely pose
                                                  collateral deliveries to QFC                            accommodate the proposed new data
                                                                                                                                                                some costs for limited scope entities,
                                                  counterparties.                                         elements. They are anticipated to be
                                                                                                                                                                but those costs would be relatively
                                                     During the financial crisis of 2008 and              incurred when an institution becomes
                                                                                                                                                                small. Only slightly more QFC
                                                  ensuing recession many banks failed,                    in a troubled condition and begins
                                                                                                                                                                information is required to be maintained
                                                  some of which were party to significant                 maintaining the QFC information in
                                                                                                                                                                by limited scope entities to comply with
                                                  volumes of QFCs. Through its                            accordance with Part 371. Full scope
                                                                                                                                                                the proposed rule relative to Current
                                                  experience of working with banks in                     entities that are subject to Current Part
                                                                                                                                                                Part 371. The FDIC is proposing to
                                                  troubled condition that were                            371 when the final rule becomes
                                                                                                                                                                remove three data elements from the
                                                  establishing systems to comply with the                 effective could incur some transition
                                                                                                                                                                Current Part 371 recordkeeping
                                                  recordkeeping requirements of Current                   expenses. Ongoing costs of                            requirements while adding less than
                                                  Part 371, the FDIC concluded that                       recordkeeping for the proposed rule are               twenty additional data elements. The
                                                  institutions with larger and more                       assumed to be approximately similar to                FDIC understands that most of the
                                                  complex portfolios of QFCs would be                     those under Current Part 371. The labor               added data elements cover information
                                                  more difficult to resolve in an efficient               hours necessary to comply with the
                                                  manner unless more QFC information                      proposed rule will vary greatly for each                 23 This estimate is potentially somewhat greater

                                                  was readily accessible. Readily available               institution depending upon the size and               than would be expected based upon past practice
                                                  information on collateral, guarantees,                  complexity of the QFC portfolio, the                  for two reasons. First, not all institutions that
                                                                                                          efficiency of the institution’s QFC                   become in a troubled condition ultimately complete
                                                  credit enhancements, etc. would be                                                                            recordkeeping compliance, as their condition may
                                                  necessary to evaluate counterparty risk                 information management system(s), and                 improve so that they are no longer in a troubled
                                                  and maximize value to the receivership.                 the availability and accessibility of                 condition before the commencement or completion
                                                                                                          information on QFCs. Therefore, they                  of recordkeeping. Secondly, the same institution
                                                  The proposed rule should provide                                                                              may have cycled in and out of troubled condition
                                                  benefits by reducing the likelihood that                are difficult to accurately estimate.                 more than once in the 16-year look back period and
                                                  a future failure of an insured depository               Additionally, some costs related to                   therefore their recordkeeping costs may have been
                                                  institution with a large and complex                    complying with the rule might be                      counted more than once. The additional
                                                                                                          ameliorated for an institution that is                recordkeeping costs could be significantly lower for
                                                  portfolio of QFCs could result in                                                                             subsequent instances of institutions becoming in
                                                  unnecessary losses to the receivership.                 part of a corporate group subject to the              troubled condition because the recordkeeping
                                                                                                          Part 148, since its parent company may                procedures and systems have already been
                                                  Full Scope Entities                                     have already developed the capacity to                established.
                                                                                                                                                                   24 Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has
                                                    The proposed rule would likely result                 meet the recordkeeping requirements for
                                                                                                                                                                not been adjusted for inflation. The average hourly
                                                  in large implementation costs for full                  Part 148, which cover the same
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                wage estimate is derived from May 2015
                                                  scope entities. Significantly more                      information, in the same format, as the               Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the
                                                  information on QFCs is required to be                   proposed rule.                                        Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for occupations in
                                                                                                                                                                depository credit intermediation organizations.
                                                  maintained by the proposed rule                            Finally, any implementation costs of               Hourly wage rates represent the 75th percentile for
                                                  relative to Current Part 371, including                 the proposed rule are contingent upon                 Legal Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers
                                                  additional information as to collateral,                an entity becoming in a troubled                      ($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12),
                                                                                                                                                                Database Administrators ($54.25), Compliance
                                                  guarantees and credit enhancements.                     condition and subject to the proposed                 Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99),
                                                  The added information would enable                      rule. Based on FDIC supervisory                       Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and
                                                  the FDIC to more accurately assess and                  experience, it is estimated that two full             Information Systems Managers ($78.17).



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                         95505

                                                  that is either information that an IDI                  proportion of limited scope entities that             All Covered Entities
                                                  would need to ascertain in order to                     become in a troubled condition in future                 The total estimated compliance costs
                                                  comply with Current Part 371 or that                    years remains constant, 29 of the 65                  for all covered entities, both full scope
                                                  would otherwise be readily available to                 estimated average annual limited scope                and limited scope, is approximately
                                                  the IDI.                                                entities that are likely to become in a               $361,000 each year. The realized
                                                     As of September 30th, 2016 there                     troubled condition have less than $550                compliance costs for covered entities are
                                                  were 6,009 FDIC-insured institutions                    million in assets. They are therefore                 dependent upon future utilization rates
                                                  with total consolidated assets less than                likely to have insignificant volumes of               of QFCs, and the propensity of
                                                  $50 billion. Of those institutions only                 QFCs and an associated burden estimate                institutions to become troubled.
                                                  1,238 (21 percent) reported some                        of 1 hour or less. The labor hours                    Therefore it is difficult to accurately
                                                  amount of QFCs.25 To estimate the                       necessary to comply with the proposed                 estimate.
                                                  number of institutions affected by the                  rule will vary greatly for each institution              The proposed rule provides some
                                                  proposed rule the FDIC analyzed the                     depending upon the size and                           relief from compliance costs relative to
                                                  frequency with which FDIC-insured                       complexity of its QFC portfolio, the                  Current Part 371 by extending the time
                                                  institutions with consolidated assets of                efficiency of the institution’s QFC                   period allotted for an institution in
                                                  less than $50 billion became in a                       information management system(s) and                  troubled condition to start maintaining
                                                  troubled condition. Based on                            the availability and accessibility of                 the required QFC information from 60
                                                  supervisory experience, it is estimated                 information on QFCs. Therefore, the                   days to 270 days, with the exception of
                                                  that limited scope entities become in a                 added compliance costs associated with
                                                  troubled condition 310 times per year                                                                         accelerated records entities. It has been
                                                                                                          the proposed rule are difficult to                    the FDIC’s experience that large
                                                  on average. The annual average estimate                 accurately estimate.
                                                  of institutions in troubled condition                                                                         institutions with complex QFC
                                                                                                             To comply with the recordkeeping                   portfolios had difficulty meeting the
                                                  with consolidated assets of less than $50
                                                                                                          requirements of the rule it is assumed                current 60-day compliance deadline.
                                                  billion is adjusted to 65 to reflect the
                                                                                                          that entities in troubled condition will              Failure to meet the initial deadline
                                                  number of institutions in troubled
                                                                                                          employ attorneys, compliance officers,                necessitated multiple rounds of
                                                  condition that are likely to be a party to
                                                                                                          credit analysts, computer programmers,                extension requests that were
                                                  some volume of QFCs, and therefore
                                                                                                          computer systems analysts, database                   cumbersome and time-consuming for
                                                  subject to the proposed rule.26
                                                     In the event that a limited scope                    administrators, financial managers, and               institutions in troubled condition and
                                                  entity becomes in a troubled condition,                 computer information systems                          their primary regulator. By extending
                                                  the FDIC assumes that it will take                      managers. The FDIC has estimated that                 the compliance period to 270 days for
                                                  approximately 5 labor hours, on                         the average hourly wage rate for                      all institutions, both ‘‘full scope’’ and
                                                  average, to comply with the added                       recordkeepers to comply with the initial              ‘‘limited scope’’ entities, the proposed
                                                  recordkeeping requirements of the                       recordkeeping burden is approximately                 rule will reduce the overall compliance
                                                  proposed revisions to Part 371. The                     $57 per hour based on average hourly                  costs. Along with the extended
                                                  implementation costs borne by covered                   wage information by occupation from                   compliance period the proposed rule
                                                  institutions primarily include costs that               the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of               also requires institutions to include a
                                                  would be incurred in order to                           Labor Statistics.29 Therefore the FDIC                project plan with their extension
                                                  accommodate the proposed new data                       estimates that the proposed rule would                request. However, the proposed
                                                  elements. They are anticipated to be                    pose approximately $19,000 in expected                inclusion of the project plan provision
                                                  incurred when an institution becomes                    compliance costs each year on average,                reflects current FDIC practice, and
                                                  in a troubled condition and begins                      for limited scope entities. However, the              therefore, poses no additional burden.
                                                  maintaining the QFC information in                      costs realized by limited scope entities                 The proposed rule would harmonize
                                                  accordance with Part 371. Ongoing costs                 as a result of the proposed rule are                  QFC recordkeeping requirements for full
                                                  of recordkeeping for the proposed rule                  likely to be lower in the first few years             scope entities in troubled condition
                                                  are assumed to be approximately similar                 given that the proposed rule allows                   with the Part 148 requirements for other
                                                  to those under Current Part 371.                        covered entities already maintaining                  members of their corporate groups. This
                                                  Therefore, the FDIC estimates that the                  information in accordance with the                    harmonization benefits these IDIs by
                                                  added compliance costs associated with                  current Part 371 rule to continue to do               enabling them to reduce costs by using
                                                  the proposed rule are 325 hours                         so.                                                   information technology created for
                                                  annually 27 for limited scope entities                                                                        compliance with Part 148 by other
                                                  that are likely to become in a troubled                 condition may improve so that they are no longer      members of their corporate group.
                                                  condition.28 However, assuming that the                 in a troubled condition before the commencement       Moreover, consistency of reporting
                                                                                                          or completion of recordkeeping. Secondly, some
                                                                                                          institutions may be double-counted, because the
                                                                                                                                                                across the corporate group would
                                                     25 Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income,
                                                                                                          same institution may have cycled in and out of        benefit the FDIC as receiver by enabling
                                                  September 30, 2016.                                     troubled condition more than once in the 16-year      it to better analyze how an IDI’s QFC
                                                     26 1,238 FDIC-insured institutions out of 6,009
                                                                                                          look back period. The additional recordkeeping        positions relate to QFC positions of
                                                  reported some volume of QFCs on their                   costs could be significantly lower the second time
                                                  Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income.           around.
                                                                                                                                                                other members of the corporate group.
                                                  Therefore it is estimated that only 21 percent of the      29 Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has        The proposed rule should also
                                                  historical average annual rate of institutions in a     not been adjusted for inflation. The average hourly   provide indirect benefits to QFC
                                                  troubled condition had some volume of QFCs              wage estimate is derived from May 2015                counterparties of institutions in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  (310*0.21 = 65).                                        Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the
                                                     27 The estimated average annual compliance
                                                                                                                                                                troubled condition by helping the FDIC
                                                                                                          Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for depository
                                                  burden hours for limited scope entities is the          credit intermediation occupations. Hourly wage
                                                                                                                                                                as receiver avoid unintended payment
                                                  calculated as 65*5 hours, which equals 325 hours.       rates represent the 75th percentile for Legal         or delivery disruptions. The additional
                                                     28 As discussed previously with respect to full      Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers            information required by the proposed
                                                  scope entities, this estimate is potentially somewhat   ($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12),          rule includes detailed information about
                                                  greater than would be expected based upon past          Database Administrators ($54.25), Compliance
                                                  practice for two reasons. First, not all institutions   Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99),
                                                                                                                                                                collateral, guarantees and credit
                                                  that become in a troubled condition ultimately          Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and         enhancements which will significantly
                                                  complete recordkeeping compliance, as their             Information Systems Managers ($78.17).                enhance the ability of the FDIC to


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95506             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  judiciously exercise its rights and                     subsidiaries (other than IDIs and                     have complex QFC portfolios, all of the
                                                  responsibilities related to QFC                         insurance companies) is required under                additional information included in the
                                                  portfolios for institutions in troubled                 Part 148.                                             proposed rule, should such an entity
                                                  condition within the statutory one-                        In determining the scope of                        become subject to receivership. The
                                                  business day stay period.                               recordkeeping for records entities, the               FDIC also considered requiring existing
                                                                                                          FDIC considered total consolidated asset              limited scope entities to transition to the
                                                  V. Alternatives Considered                              thresholds above and below $50 billion.               new recordkeeping requirements, but
                                                     The FDIC considered a number of                      As discussed under ‘‘III.A The Proposed               determined that given the limited nature
                                                  alternatives in developing the proposed                 Rule, Summary’’, the FDIC determined                  of almost all existing limited scope
                                                  rule. The major alternatives include: (i)               the $50 billion threshold was                         entity QFC portfolios the added burden
                                                  Expanding the recordkeeping scope to                    appropriate because institutions at or                would exceed the benefit of requiring
                                                  include IDIs subject to any cease-and-                  above this threshold are more likely to               this transition.
                                                  desist order by, or written agreement                   have complex QFC portfolios and it is
                                                  with, the appropriate federal banking                   an asset level used in the several                    VI. Request for Comments
                                                  agency; (ii) expanding the                              regulations cited in the above section                  The FDIC invites comments on all
                                                  recordkeeping scope for records entities                that has been deemed appropriate for                  aspects of the proposed rule and
                                                  to include all subsidiaries; (iii)                      enhanced regulation and supervision.                  requests feedback on the following
                                                  recordkeeping thresholds of above and                   The FDIC determined that a threshold                  specific questions.
                                                  below $10 billion or $50 billion in total               below $50 billion would impact smaller
                                                  consolidated assets; (iv) requiring all                 IDIs and unduly burden community                      A. Scope of Coverage
                                                  records entities to maintain QFC records                banks.                                                   The proposed rule requires records
                                                  under the tables in Appendix B; (iv)                       The proposed rule requires certain                 entities, which are IDIs in troubled
                                                  requiring the same compliance period                    records entities, as described                        condition that receive notice from the
                                                  for all records entities; (v) not requiring             previously, to maintain QFC records                   FDIC that it is subject to this rule, to
                                                  existing full scope records entities to                 according to the tables in Appendix A                 maintain QFC records in compliance
                                                  transition to the new recordkeeping                     or B depending on the size of the                     with the provisions of this Part.
                                                  requirements; and (vi) requiring existing               records entity.                                          • Should the definition of ‘‘troubled
                                                  limited scope entities to transition to the                The FDIC considered requiring the                  condition’’ be modified to increase or
                                                  new recordkeeping requirements.                         same compliance period for all records                decrease the scope of IDIs that
                                                     The FDIC considered expanding the                    entities subject to this Part. Based on its           potentially may be subject to this rule?
                                                  definition of ‘‘troubled condition’’ to                 experience, the FDIC has found that the               If so, how?
                                                  include all cease-and-desist orders or                  longer period (270 days) is appropriate
                                                  written agreements issued by the                        for larger entities. Larger entities that are         B. Requirements
                                                  appropriate Federal banking agency in                   required to report on Appendix B due                     Records entities would be required to
                                                  addition to those requiring action to                   to a composite CAMEL rating of 3                      maintain QFC records subject to the
                                                  improve the financial condition of an                   generally need a longer period to                     provisions of this Part. The FDIC
                                                  IDI. In reviewing the types of orders and               comply and, because an entity with a                  requests comments on all aspects of the
                                                  agreements, including stipulations and                  composite CAMEL rating of 3 is less                   proposed requirement. In particular:
                                                  consent orders, that may be issued or                   likely to fail imminently, the additional                • Should the same compliance
                                                  entered into, the FDIC determined that                  time for recordkeeping should not pose                periods apply to all records entities,
                                                  the requirement with respect to an                      significant additional risks that the FDIC            including accelerated records entities
                                                  action to improve the financial                         as receiver will lack the information it              and existing records entities?
                                                  condition of the IDI is appropriate                     needs with respect to the QFC portfolio.                 • Are the compliance periods in the
                                                  because it is more likely that such                     Entities with a composite CAMEL rating                proposed rule appropriate? If not, how
                                                  orders relate to an institution for which               of 4 or 5 pose greater risk of near-term              much time should be provided?
                                                  failure is less remote than is likely the               failure. For the same reason, the                        • A full scope entity is a records
                                                  case in connection with other types of                  proposed rule would not increase the                  entity that has total consolidated assets
                                                  orders and agreements. As a result, the                 length of extensions available for 4 and              equal to or greater than $50 billion or
                                                  FDIC decided not to expand this prong                   5 rated entities (30 days), regardless of             that is a member of a corporate group
                                                  of the definition of ‘‘troubled                         their size. Although it may not be                    where at least one affiliate is required to
                                                  condition.’’ Nonetheless, this preamble                 feasible for large entities with complex              maintain QFC records pursuant to 31
                                                  clarifies (in section III.B.2) that an                  QFC portfolios to complete the                        CFR part 148. Is the full scope entity
                                                  ‘‘action to improve the financial                       recordkeeping requirements within 60                  threshold of $50 billion in total
                                                  condition,’’ for purposes of this Part,                 days, the short deadline with the                     consolidated assets appropriate? If not,
                                                  may include, but is not limited to, an                  requirement that extension requests be                what threshold would be more
                                                  action to improve capital adequacy,                     accompanied by progress reports and                   appropriate and why?
                                                  asset quality, management, earnings,                    action plans will help assure that the                   • Are the differences in
                                                  liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk.              recordkeeping requirements are being                  recordkeeping requirements between
                                                     The FDIC also considered requiring                   met in the most expeditious manner and                full scope and limited scope entities
                                                  IDIs that report on Appendix B to report                that appropriate resources are being                  appropriate? Are the additional
                                                  QFC information for all subsidiaries                    devoted to the effort by the IDI in                   requirements of Appendix B
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  rather than only ‘‘reportable                           troubled condition.                                   appropriate?
                                                  subsidiaries.’’ However, expanding the                     Finally, the FDIC considered other                    • Should a limited scope entity be
                                                  scope of recordkeeping to all                           transition requirements. The alternative              required to report under the tables in
                                                  subsidiaries would be burdensome and                    of not requiring transition to the new                Appendix A, Appendix B, or be given
                                                  would also be redundant for corporate                   recordkeeping requirements by full                    the option of either Appendix A or B?
                                                  groups that are subject to Part 148                     scope entities was rejected because of                   • Should a records entity be provided
                                                  because QFC information for                             the importance of having available for                a compliance timeframe when
                                                  subsidiaries that are not reportable                    these entities, that are more likely to               transitioning from being required to


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           95507

                                                  maintain records under the tables in                    and 60 days for accelerated records                   tables in the existing Part 371 to
                                                  Appendix B to deciding on maintaining                   entities.                                             transition to the requirements of
                                                  records under the tables in Appendix A?                    • Are there any aspects of the                     Appendix B? What costs would be
                                                     • Should a limited scope entity have                 requirements that would take more time                associated with that burden?
                                                  the option to maintain records under                    to implement? Which aspects and why?
                                                                                                          How much more time would be                           VII. Regulatory Process
                                                  Appendix B in anticipation of meeting
                                                  the criteria of a full scope entity at some             required?                                             A. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                  point in the future?                                       • Should accelerated records entities
                                                     • Are there any data fields in the                   be given more or less time to comply                    In accordance with the requirements
                                                  proposed tables of Appendix A or                        with the recordkeeping requirements                   of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
                                                  Appendix B that should be modified?                     than is provided in the proposed rule?                (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq., the FDIC
                                                  Which fields and why?                                   How much time and why?                                may not conduct or sponsor, and the
                                                     • Are there any additional data fields                  • Regarding § 371.5 (Transition for                respondent is not required to respond
                                                                                                          Existing Records Entities), should                    to, an information collection unless it
                                                  that should be included in the tables of
                                                                                                          records entities that are not maintaining             displays a currently valid Office of
                                                  Appendix A or Appendix B? What
                                                                                                          records under Part 371 at the time the                Management and Budget (OMB) control
                                                  fields and why?
                                                                                                          proposed amendments to Part 371                       number. The FDIC has determined that
                                                     • Is the proposed 7:00 a.m. deadline
                                                                                                          become effective be given the same                    this proposed rule would revise an
                                                  for an IDI to be capable of providing
                                                                                                          amount of time to comply with the                     existing collection of information. The
                                                  records to the FDIC unduly
                                                                                                          recordkeeping requirements of this Part,              FDIC will request approval from the
                                                  burdensome?
                                                                                                          as amended, as records entities that are              OMB for this proposed information
                                                     • Is the new information that would
                                                                                                          maintaining such records on the                       collection. OMB will assign an OMB
                                                  be required of limited scope entities
                                                                                                          effective date?                                       control number.
                                                  information that such entities would
                                                                                                             • Should existing full scope entities                Certain provisions of the proposed
                                                  maintain in order to comply with
                                                                                                          that are maintaining records in                       rule contain ‘‘collection of information’’
                                                  Current Part 371 or information that is
                                                                                                          accordance with Part 371 when the                     requirements within the meaning of the
                                                  otherwise readily available to such
                                                                                                          proposed amendments become effective                  Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995
                                                  entities? For example, would an IDI
                                                                                                          be required to transition to the new                  (44 U.S.C. 3501–3521). In accordance
                                                  with a QFC that benefits from a
                                                                                                          recordkeeping requirements?                           with the requirements of the PRA, the
                                                  guarantee ordinarily keep records                          • Should existing limited scope
                                                  concerning the guarantor? Would an IDI                                                                        FDIC may not conduct or sponsor, and
                                                                                                          entities be required to transition to the             the respondent is not required to
                                                  that is required to provide margin under                new recordkeeping requirements?
                                                  its QFC ordinarily keep track of current                                                                      respond to, an information collection
                                                  margin delivery requirements either by                  D. Benefits and Costs                                 unless it displays a currently-valid
                                                  keeping its own records or having                                                                             Office of Management and Budget
                                                                                                             The proposed rule would impose
                                                  access to data made available by its                                                                          (OMB) control number. The OMB
                                                                                                          costs on certain records entities, but it
                                                  counterparty? Do the proposed changes                                                                         control number is 3064–0163 and will
                                                                                                          would also provide some benefits.
                                                                                                                                                                be revised. The information collection
                                                  to the recordkeeping requirements for                      • To what extent would the proposed
                                                  limited scope entities impose a                                                                               requirements contained in this proposed
                                                                                                          rule impact the QFC recordkeeping
                                                  significant new burden on these entities                                                                      rulemaking will be submitted by the
                                                                                                          operations and IT systems normally
                                                  as compared to the requirements                                                                               FDIC to OMB for review and approval
                                                                                                          maintained by IDIs?
                                                  currently in effect? If so, which aspects                  • What would be the costs or savings               under section 3507(d) of the PRA (44
                                                  of the proposed requirements are                        associated with these changes?                        U.S.C. 3507(d)) and § 1320.11 of the
                                                  significantly burdensome? Please be as                     • By aligning the data requirements of             OMB’s implementing regulations (5 CFR
                                                  specific as possible in your comments                   Part 371 with those of Part 148, would                1320.11).
                                                  and quantify costs where possible.                      it reduce the burden on corporate                       As discussed above, the FDIC
                                                                                                          groups that are subject to the QFC                    proposes to amend its regulations
                                                  C. Implementation                                                                                             regarding Part 371 which requires IDIs
                                                                                                          recordkeeping requirements of both Part
                                                    The FDIC recognizes implementing                      148 and that contain an IDI subject to                in a troubled condition to keep records
                                                  information technology systems that                     Part 371? Please quantify costs or                    relating to QFCs to which they are party.
                                                  will be required for compliance with                    burden to the extent possible.                        The FDIC estimates that the total
                                                  this Part will take time and has                           • How burdensome would it be for a                 compliance burden for covered entities,
                                                  proposed 270 days for records entities                  records entity that is maintaining                    including full scope and limited scope
                                                  other than accelerated records entities                 records according to the appendix and                 entities, is as follows:
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95508                Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                                                                                                         Estimated                                                   Total annual
                                                                                                                                  Estimated                   Estimated                   time per                       Frequency                    estimated
                                                                   Title                      Type of burden                      number of                   number of                  response                       of response                    burden
                                                                                                                                 respondents                  responses                    (hours)                                                     (hours)

                                                  Full Scope Entities: Record-             Recordkeeping .......                                      2                          1                   3,000        On Occasion ..........                    6,000
                                                    keeping related to QFCs to
                                                    which they are a party when
                                                    they are in troubled condi-
                                                    tion.
                                                  Limited Scope Entities: Rec-             Recordkeeping .......                                    65                           1                          5     On Occasion ..........                      325
                                                    ordkeeping related to QFCs
                                                    to which they are a party
                                                    when they are in troubled
                                                    condition.

                                                       Total Burden ....................   ................................     ........................   ........................   ........................    ................................          6,325



                                                    Comments are invited on:                                        substantial number of small entities.                                         added compliance costs associated with
                                                    (a) Whether the collections of                                  Most small entities do not participate in                                     the proposed rule are 29 hours annually
                                                  information are necessary for the proper                          capital markets involving QFCs since                                          for all small institutions with some
                                                  performance of the agencies’ functions,                           QFCs are ‘‘generally sophisticated                                            volume of QFCs that become in a
                                                  including whether the information has                             financial instruments that are usually                                        troubled condition. The labor hours
                                                  practical utility;                                                used by larger financial institutions to                                      necessary to comply with the proposed
                                                    (b) The accuracy of the estimates of                            hedge assets, provide funding, or                                             rule will vary greatly for each institution
                                                  the burden of the information                                     increase income.’’ Id. According to data                                      depending upon the size and
                                                  collections, including the validity of the                        from the September 30th, 2016                                                 complexity of the QFC portfolio, the
                                                  methodology and assumptions used;                                 Consolidated Reports of Condition and                                         efficiency of the institution’s QFC
                                                    (c) Ways to enhance the quality,                                Income the FDIC insures 4,748 small                                           information management system(s) and
                                                  utility, and clarity of the information to                        depository institutions and 543 (11                                           the availability and accessibility of
                                                  be collected; and                                                 percent) report some volume of QFCs.                                          information on QFCs.
                                                    (d) Estimates of capital or start-up                            To estimate the number of small                                                  To comply with the recordkeeping
                                                  costs and costs of operation,                                     institutions affected by the proposed                                         requirements of the rule it is assumed
                                                  maintenance, and purchase of services                             rule the FDIC analyzed the frequency                                          that entities in troubled condition will
                                                  to provide information.                                           with which FDIC-insured institutions                                          employ attorneys, compliance officers,
                                                    All comments will become a matter of                            with consolidated assets less than $550                                       credit analysts, computer programmers,
                                                  public record. Comments on aspects of                             million became in a troubled condition.                                       computer systems analysts, database
                                                  this notice that may affect reporting,                            Based on FDIC supervisory experience,                                         administrators, financial managers, and
                                                  recordkeeping, or disclosure                                      it is estimated that small institutions                                       computer information systems
                                                  requirements and burden estimates                                 became in a troubled condition 267                                            managers. The FDIC has estimated that
                                                  should be sent to the addresses listed in                         times per year on average. The annual                                         the average hourly wage rate for
                                                  the ADDRESSES section of this document.                           average estimate of institutions in                                           recordkeepers to comply with the initial
                                                  A copy of the comments may also be                                troubled condition with consolidated                                          recordkeeping burden is approximately
                                                  submitted to the OMB desk officer for                             assets less than $550 million is adjusted                                     $57 per hour based on average hourly
                                                  the agencies: By mail to U.S. Office of                           to 29 to reflect the number of                                                wage information by occupation from
                                                  Management and Budget, 725 17th                                   institutions in troubled condition that                                       the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
                                                  Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC                                are likely to be a party to some volume                                       Labor Statistics.31 Therefore the FDIC
                                                  20503; by facsimile to (202) 395–5806;                            of QFCs, and therefore subject to the                                         estimates that the proposed rule would
                                                  or by email to: oira_submission@                                  proposed rule.30                                                              pose $1,653 in expected compliance
                                                  omb.eop.gov, Attention, Federal                                      In the event that one of these small                                       costs each year on average, for small
                                                  Banking Agency Desk Officer.                                      institutions becomes in a troubled                                            depository institutions. However, the
                                                  B. Regulatory Flexibility Act                                     condition, the FDIC assumes that it will                                      costs realized by limited scope entities
                                                                                                                    take approximately one labor hour, on                                         as a result of the proposed rule are
                                                     The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA),                          average, to comply with the added                                             likely to be lower in the first few years
                                                  5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., requires an agency                          recordkeeping requirements of the                                             given that the proposed rule allows
                                                  to provide an initial regulatory                                  proposed revisions to Part 371. Small                                         covered entities already maintaining
                                                  flexibility analysis with a proposed rule,                        depository institutions generally do not                                      information in accordance with the
                                                  unless the agency certifies that the rule                         have large and complex portfolios of
                                                  would not have a significant economic                             QFCs and, therefore, the anticipated                                            31 Wage estimate is in nominal dollars and has
                                                  impact on a substantial number of small                           burden hours associated with the                                              not been adjusted for inflation. The average hourly
                                                  entities (defined by the Small Business                                                                                                         wage estimate is derived from May 2015
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                    proposed rule is going to be low.
                                                  Administration for purposes of the RFA                                                                                                          Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) from the
                                                                                                                    Accordingly, the FDIC estimates that the                                      Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for depository
                                                  to include banking entities with total                                                                                                          credit intermediation occupations. Hourly wage
                                                  assets of $550 million or less).                                    30 543 small FDIC-insured institutions out of                               rates represent the 75th percentile for Legal
                                                     For the same reasons as stated in the                          4,748 reported some volume of QFCs on their                                   Occupations ($75.90), Computer Programmers
                                                  NPR of the existing Part 371 (73 FR                               Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income.                                 ($49.86), Computer Systems Analyst ($53.12),
                                                                                                                    Therefore it is estimated that only 11 percent of the                         Database Administrators ($54.25), Compliance
                                                  43635, 43640 (July 28, 2008)), the                                historical average annual rate of small institutions                          Officers ($38.40), Credit Analysts ($44.99),
                                                  proposed rule would not have a                                    in a troubled condition had some volume of QFCs                               Financial Managers ($63.22), and Computer and
                                                  significant economic impact on a                                  (267*0.11 = 29).                                                              Information Systems Managers ($78.17).



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:33 Dec 27, 2016    Jkt 241001      PO 00000           Frm 00013       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702        E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM                 28DEP1


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            95509

                                                  current Part 371 rule to continue to do                 PART 371—RECORDKEEPING                                   (1) Except as provided in paragraph
                                                  so. For these reasons, the FDIC hereby                  REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFIED                            (d)(2) of this section, no single extension
                                                  certifies that the proposed rule would                  FINANCIAL CONTRACTS                                   for a records entity shall be for a period
                                                  not have a significant economic impact                                                                        of more than 120 days.
                                                  on a substantial number of small                        Sec.                                                     (2) For a records entity that is an
                                                  entities.                                               371.1 Scope, purpose, and compliance                  accelerated records entity at the time of
                                                                                                               dates.                                           a request for an extension, no single
                                                  C. The Treasury and General                             371.2 Definitions.
                                                                                                          371.3 Maintenance of records.
                                                                                                                                                                extension shall be for a period of more
                                                  Government Appropriations Act, 1999                                                                           than 30 days.
                                                                                                          371.4 Content of records.
                                                    The FDIC has determined that the                      371.5 Enforcement actions.                               (3) A records entity may request an
                                                  proposed rule will not affect family                    Appendix A to Part 371—File structure for             extension of time by submitting a
                                                  well-being within the meaning of                          qualified financial contract records for            written request to the FDIC at least 15
                                                  section 654 of the Treasury and General                   Limited Scope Entities.                             days prior to the deadline for its
                                                  Government Appropriations Act,                          Appendix B to Part 371—File structure for             compliance with the recordkeeping
                                                                                                            qualified financial contract records for Full       requirements of this part. The written
                                                  enacted as part of the Omnibus                            Scope Entities.
                                                  Consolidated and Emergency                                                                                    request for an extension must contain a
                                                                                                            Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1819(a)(Tenth);                statement of the reasons why the
                                                  Supplemental Appropriations Act of
                                                                                                          1820(g); 1821(e)(8)(D) and (H); 1831g; 1831i;         records entity cannot comply by the
                                                  1999 (Pub. L. 105–277, 112 Stat. 2681).
                                                                                                          and 1831s.                                            deadline for compliance, a project plan
                                                  D. Plain Language                                                                                             (including timeline) for achieving
                                                                                                          § 371.1   Scope, purpose, and compliance
                                                                                                          dates.
                                                                                                                                                                compliance, and a progress report
                                                    Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-                                                                             describing the steps taken to achieve
                                                  Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106–102, sec. 722,                    (a) Scope. This part applies to each                compliance.
                                                  113 Stat. 1338, 1471 (1999)) requires the               insured depository institution that
                                                  FDIC to use plain language in all                       qualifies as a ‘‘records entity’’ under the           § 371.2    Definitions.
                                                  proposed and final rules published after                definition set forth in § 371.2(q).                      For purposes of this part:
                                                  January 1, 2000. The FDIC invites your                    (b) Purpose. This part establishes                     (a) Accelerated records entity means a
                                                  comments on how to make this                            recordkeeping requirements with                       records entity that:
                                                  proposed rule easier to understand. For                 respect to qualified financial contracts                 (1) Has a composite rating, as
                                                  example:                                                for insured depository institutions that              determined by its appropriate Federal
                                                    • Has the FDIC organized the material                 are in a troubled condition.                          banking agency in its most recent report
                                                  to suit your needs? If not, how could                      (c) Compliance Dates. (1) Within 3                 of examination, of 4 or 5 under the
                                                  this material be better organized?                      business days of becoming a records                   Uniform Financial Institution Rating
                                                                                                          entity, the records entity shall provide              System, or in the case of an insured
                                                    • Are the requirements in the                                                                               branch of a foreign bank, an equivalent
                                                                                                          to the FDIC, in writing, the name and
                                                  proposed regulation clearly stated? If                                                                        rating; or
                                                                                                          contact information for the person at the
                                                  not, how could the regulation be stated                                                                          (2) Is determined by the appropriate
                                                                                                          records entity who is responsible for
                                                  more clearly?                                                                                                 Federal banking agency or by the FDIC
                                                                                                          recordkeeping under this part and,
                                                    • Does the proposed regulation                        unless not required to maintain files in              in consultation with the appropriate
                                                  contain language or jargon that is                      electronic form pursuant to § 371.4(d), a             Federal banking agency to be
                                                  unclear? If so, which language requires                 directory of the electronic files that will           experiencing a significant deterioration
                                                  clarification?                                          be used to maintain the information                   of capital or significant funding
                                                    • Would a different format (grouping                  required to be kept by this part.                     difficulties or liquidity stress,
                                                  and order of sections, use of headings,                    (2) Except as provided in § 371.5:                 notwithstanding the composite rating of
                                                  paragraphing) make the regulation                          (i) A records entity, other than an                the institution by its appropriate Federal
                                                  easier to understand? If so, what                       accelerated records entity, shall comply              banking agency in its most recent report
                                                  changes to the format would make the                    with all applicable recordkeeping                     of examination.
                                                  regulation easier to understand?                        requirements of this part within 270                     (b) Affiliate means any entity that
                                                                                                          days after it becomes a records entity.               controls, is controlled by, or is under
                                                    • What else could the FDIC do to                                                                            common control with another entity.
                                                  make the regulation easier to                              (ii) An accelerated records entity shall
                                                                                                                                                                   (c) Amendment Effective Date means
                                                  understand?                                             comply with all applicable
                                                                                                                                                                [insert effective date of amendment].
                                                                                                          recordkeeping requirements of this part                  (d) Appropriate Federal banking
                                                  Text of the Proposed Rule                               within 60 days after it becomes a                     agency means the agency or agencies
                                                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation                   records entity.                                       designated under 12 U.S.C. 1813(q).
                                                                                                             (iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs                      (e) Business day means any day other
                                                  12 CFR Chapter III                                      (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, a records         than any Saturday, Sunday or any day
                                                  List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 371                     entity that becomes an accelerated                    on which either the New York Stock
                                                                                                          records entity after it became a records              Exchange or the Federal Reserve Bank of
                                                    Administrative practice and                           entity shall comply with all applicable               New York is closed.
                                                  procedure, Bank deposit insurance,                      recordkeeping requirements of this part                  (f) Control. An entity controls another
                                                  Banking, Banks, Reporting and                           within 60 days after it becomes an
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                entity if:
                                                  recordkeeping requirements, Securities,                 accelerated records entity or its original               (1) The entity directly or indirectly or
                                                  State non-member banks.                                 270 day compliance period, whichever                  acting through one or more persons
                                                  Authority and Issuance                                  time period is shorter.                               owns, controls, or has power to vote 25
                                                                                                             (d) Extensions of time to comply. The              per centum or more of any class of
                                                    For the reasons set forth in the                      FDIC may, in its discretion, grant one or             voting securities of the other entity;
                                                  preamble, the Federal Insurance Deposit                 more extensions of time for compliance                   (2) The entity controls in any manner
                                                  Corporation proposes to revise 12 CFR                   with the recordkeeping requirements of                the election of a majority of the directors
                                                  part 371 to read as follows:                            this part.                                            or trustees of the other entity; or


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                  95510             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                     (3) The Board of Governors of the                    regulation, resolution, or order to be a              other information available to the
                                                  Federal Reserve System has determined,                  QFC, including without limitation, any                institution’s appropriate Federal
                                                  after notice and opportunity for hearing                securities contract, commodity contract,              banking agency; or
                                                  in accordance with 12 CFR 225.31, that                  forward contract, repurchase agreement,                 (5) Is determined by the appropriate
                                                  the entity directly or indirectly exercises             and swap agreement.                                   Federal banking agency or the FDIC in
                                                  a controlling influence over the                           (q) Records entity means any insured               consultation with the appropriate
                                                  management or policies of the other                     depository institution that has received              Federal banking agency to be
                                                  entity.                                                 written notice from the institution’s                 experiencing a significant deterioration
                                                     (g) Corporate group means an entity                  appropriate Federal banking agency or                 of capital or significant funding
                                                  and all affiliates of that entity.                      the FDIC that it is in a troubled                     difficulties or liquidity stress,
                                                     (h) Counterparty means any natural                   condition and written notice from the                 notwithstanding the composite rating of
                                                  person or entity (or separate non-U.S.                  FDIC that it is subject to the                        the institution by its appropriate Federal
                                                  branch of any entity) that is a party to                recordkeeping requirements of this part.              banking agency in its most recent report
                                                  a QFC with a records entity or, if the                     (r) Reportable subsidiary means any                of examination.
                                                  records entity is required or chooses to                subsidiary of a records entity that is not:
                                                  maintain the records specified in                          (1) A functionally regulated                       § 371.3    Maintenance of records.
                                                  § 371.4(b), a reportable subsidiary of                  subsidiary as defined in 12 U.S.C.                      (a) Form and availability.
                                                  such records entity.                                    1844(c)(5);                                             (1) Unless it is not required to
                                                     (i) Full scope entity means a records                   (2) A security-based swap dealer as                maintain records in electronic form as
                                                  entity that has total consolidated assets               defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(71); or                   provided in § 371.4(d), a records entity
                                                  equal to or greater than $50 billion or                    (3) A major security-based swap                    shall maintain the records described in
                                                  that is a Part 148 affiliate.                           participant as defined in 15 U.S.C.                   § 371.4 in electronic form and shall be
                                                     (j) Insured depository institution                   78c(a)(67).                                           capable of producing such records
                                                  means any bank or savings association,                     (s) Subsidiary has the meaning set                 electronically in the format set forth in
                                                  as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813, the                       forth in 12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(4).                        the appendices of this part.
                                                  deposits of which are insured by the                       (t) Total consolidated assets means                  (2) All such records shall be updated
                                                  FDIC.                                                   the total consolidated assets of a records            on a daily basis and shall be based upon
                                                     (k) Legal entity identifier or LEI for an            entity and its consolidated subsidiaries              values and information no less current
                                                  entity means the global legal entity                    as reported in the records entity’s most              than previous end-of-day values and
                                                  identifier maintained for such entity by                recent year-end audited consolidated                  information.
                                                  a utility accredited by the Global LEI                  statement of financial condition filed                  (3) Except as provided in § 371.4(d), a
                                                  Foundation or by a utility endorsed by                  with the appropriate Federal banking                  records entity shall compile the records
                                                  the Regulatory Oversight Committee. As                  agency.                                               described in § 371.4(a) or § 371.4(b) (as
                                                  used in this definition:                                   (u) Troubled condition means an                    applicable) in a manner that permits
                                                     (1) Regulatory Oversight Committee                   insured depository institution that:                  aggregation and disaggregation of such
                                                  means the Regulatory Oversight                             (1) Has a composite rating, as                     records by counterparty. If the records
                                                  Committee (of the Global LEI System),                   determined by its appropriate Federal                 are maintained pursuant to § 371.4(b),
                                                  whose charter was set forth by the                      banking agency in its most recent report              they must be compiled by the records
                                                  Finance Ministers and Central Bank                      of examination, of 3 (only for insured                entity on a consolidated basis for itself
                                                  Governors of the Group of Twenty and                    depository institutions with total                    and its reportable subsidiaries in a
                                                  the Financial Stability Board, or any                   consolidated assets of $10 billion or                 manner that also permits aggregation
                                                  successor thereof; and                                  greater), 4 or 5 under the Uniform                    and disaggregation of such records by
                                                     (2) Global LEI Foundation means the                  Financial Institution Rating System, or               the records entity and its reportable
                                                  not-for-profit organization organized                   in the case of an insured branch of a                 subsidiary.
                                                  under Swiss law by the Financial                        foreign bank, an equivalent rating;                     (4) Records maintained pursuant to
                                                  Stability Board in 2014, or any                            (2) Is subject to a proceeding initiated           § 371.4(b) by a records entity that is a
                                                  successor thereof.                                      by the FDIC for termination or                        Part 148 affiliate shall be compiled
                                                     (l) Limited scope entity means a                     suspension of deposit insurance;                      consistently, in all respects, with
                                                  records entity that is not a full scope                    (3) Is subject to a cease-and-desist               records compiled by its affiliate(s)
                                                  entity.                                                 order or written agreement issued by the              pursuant to 31 CFR part 148.
                                                     (m) Parent entity with respect to an                 appropriate Federal banking agency, as                  (5) A records entity shall maintain
                                                  entity means an entity that controls that               defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), that                    each set of daily records for a period of
                                                  entity.                                                 requires action to improve the financial              not less than five business days.
                                                     (n) Part 148 affiliate means a records               condition of the insured depository                     (b) Change in Point of Contact. A
                                                  entity that is a member of a corporate                  institution or is subject to a proceeding             records entity shall provide to the FDIC,
                                                  group one or more other members of                      initiated by the appropriate Federal                  in writing, any change to the name and
                                                  which are required to maintain QFC                      banking agency which contemplates the                 contact information for the person at the
                                                  records pursuant to 31 CFR part 148.                    issuance of an order that requires action             records entity who is responsible for
                                                     (o) Position means an individual                     to improve the financial condition of the             recordkeeping under this part within 3
                                                  transaction under a qualified financial                 insured depository institution, unless                business days of any change to such
                                                  contract and includes the rights and                    otherwise informed in writing by the                  information.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  obligations of a person or entity as a                  appropriate Federal banking agency;                     (c) Access to Records. A records entity
                                                  party to an individual transaction under                   (4) Is informed in writing by the                  shall be capable of providing the records
                                                  a qualified financial contract.                         insured depository institution’s                      specified in § 371.4 (based on the
                                                     (p) Qualified financial contract or                  appropriate Federal banking agency that               immediately preceding day’s end-of-day
                                                  QFC means any qualified financial                       it is in troubled condition for purposes              values and information) to the FDIC no
                                                  contract as defined in 12 U.S.C.                        of 12 U.S.C. 1831i on the basis of the                later than 7:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) each
                                                  1821(e)(8)(D), and any agreement or                     institution’s most recent report of                   day. A records entity is required to
                                                  transaction that the FDIC determines by                 condition or report of examination, or                make such records available to the FDIC


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            95511

                                                  following a written request by the FDIC                 position that has not been confirmed, all             position that has been confirmed and all
                                                  for such records. Any such written                      credit support documents including, but               trade acknowledgments for each QFC
                                                  request shall specify the date such                     not limited to, credit support annexes,               position that has not been confirmed, all
                                                  records are to be made available (and                   guarantees, keep-well agreements, or net              credit support documents including, but
                                                  the period of time covered by the                       worth maintenance agreements that are                 not limited to, credit support annexes,
                                                  request) and shall provide the records                  relevant to one or more QFCs, and all                 guarantees, keep-well agreements, or net
                                                  entity at least 8 hours to respond to the               assignment or novation documents, if                  worth maintenance agreements that are
                                                  request. If the request is made less than               applicable, including documents that                  relevant to one or more QFCs, and all
                                                  8 hours before such 7:00 a.m. deadline,                 confirm that all required consents,                   assignment or novation documents, if
                                                  the deadline shall be automatically                     approvals, or other conditions precedent              applicable, including documents that
                                                  extended to the time that is 8 hours                    for such assignment or novation have                  confirm that all required consents,
                                                  following the time of the request.                      been obtained or satisfied.                           approvals, or other conditions precedent
                                                     (d) Maintenance of records after a                      (6) A list of vendors directly                     for such assignment or novation have
                                                  records entity is no longer in a troubled               supporting the QFC-related activities of              been obtained or satisfied.
                                                  condition. A records entity shall                       the records entity and the vendors’                      (10) A list of vendors directly
                                                  continue to maintain the capacity to                    contact information.                                  supporting the QFC-related activities of
                                                  produce the records required under this                    (b) Full scope entities. A full scope              the records entity and its reportable
                                                  part on a daily basis for a period of one               entity must maintain the following                    subsidiaries and the vendors’ contact
                                                  year after the date that the appropriate                records:                                              information.
                                                  Federal banking agency or the FDIC                         (1) The position-level data listed in                 (c) Change in recordkeeping status. (1)
                                                  notifies the institution, in writing, that              Table A–1 in Appendix B of this part                  A records entity that was a limited
                                                  it is no longer in a troubled condition                 with respect to each QFC to which it or               scope entity maintaining the records
                                                  as defined in § 371.2 (u).                              any of its reportable subsidiaries is a               specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through
                                                     (e) Maintenance of records after an                  party, without duplication.                           (a)(6) of this section and that
                                                  acquisition of a records entity. If a                      (2) The counterparty-level data listed             subsequently becomes a full scope
                                                  records entity ceases to exist as an                    in Table A–2 in Appendix B of this part               entity must maintain the records
                                                  insured depository institution as a result              with respect to each QFC to which it or               specified in paragraph (b) of this section
                                                  of a merger or a similar transaction with               any of its reportable subsidiaries is a               within 270 days of becoming a full
                                                  an insured depository institution that is               party, without duplication.                           scope entity (or 60 days of becoming a
                                                  not in a troubled condition immediately                    (3) The legal agreements information               full scope entity if it is an accelerated
                                                  following the transaction, the obligation               listed in Table A–3 in Appendix B of                  records entity). Until the records entity
                                                  to maintain records under this part on                  this part with respect to each QFC to                 maintains the records required by
                                                  a daily basis will terminate when the                   which it or any of its reportable                     paragraph (b) of this section it must
                                                  records entity ceases to exist as a                     subsidiaries is a party, without                      continue to maintain the records
                                                  separately insured depository                           duplication.                                          required by paragraphs (a)(1) through
                                                  institution.                                               (4) The collateral detail data listed in           (a)(6) of this section.
                                                                                                          Table A–4 in Appendix B of this part                     (2) A records entity that was a full
                                                  § 371.4   Content of records.                           with respect to each QFC to which it or               scope entity maintaining the records
                                                     (a) Limited scope entities. Except as                any of its reportable subsidiaries is a               specified in paragraph (b) of this section
                                                  provided in § 371.5, a limited scope                    party, without duplication.                           and that subsequently becomes a
                                                  entity must maintain (at the election of                   (5) The corporate organization master              limited scope entity may continue to
                                                  such records entity) either the records                 table in Appendix B of this part for the              maintain the records specified in
                                                  described in paragraph (b) of this                      records entity and its affiliates.                    paragraph (b) of this section or, at its
                                                  section or the following records:                          (6) The counterparty master table in               option, may maintain the records
                                                     (1) The position-level data listed in                Appendix B of this part with respect to               specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through
                                                  Table A–1 in Appendix A of this part                    each QFC to which it or any of its                    (a)(6) of this section, provided however,
                                                  with respect to each QFC to which it is                 reportable subsidiaries is a party,                   that such records entity shall continue
                                                  a party, without duplication.                           without duplication.                                  to maintain the records specified in
                                                     (2) The counterparty-level data listed                  (7) The booking location master table              paragraph (b) of this section until it
                                                  in Table A–2 in Appendix A of this part                 in Appendix B of this part for each                   maintains the records specified in
                                                  with respect to each QFC to which it is                 booking location used with respect to                 paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this
                                                  a party, without duplication.                           each QFC to which it or any of its                    section.
                                                     (3) The corporate organization master                reportable subsidiaries is a party,                      (3) A records entity that changes from
                                                  table in Appendix A of this part for the                without duplication.                                  a limited scope entity to a full scope
                                                  records entity and its affiliates.                         (8) The safekeeping agent master table             entity and at the time it becomes a full
                                                     (4) The counterparty master table in                 in Appendix B of this part for each                   scope entity is not yet maintaining the
                                                  Appendix A of this part with respect to                 safekeeping agent used with respect to                records specified in paragraph (a) of this
                                                  each QFC to which it is a party, without                each QFC to which it or any of its                    section or paragraph (b) of this section
                                                  duplication.                                            reportable subsidiaries is a party,                   must satisfy the recordkeeping
                                                     (5) All documents that govern QFC                    without duplication.                                  requirements of paragraph (b) of this
                                                  transactions between the records entity                    (9) All documents that govern QFC                  section within 270 days of first
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  and each counterparty, including,                       transactions between the records entity               becoming a records entity (or 60 days of
                                                  without limitation, master agreements                   (or any of its reportable subsidiaries)               first becoming a records entity if it is an
                                                  and annexes, schedules, netting                         and each counterparty, including,                     accelerated records entity).
                                                  agreements, supplements, or other                       without limitation, master agreements                    (4) A records entity that changes from
                                                  modifications with respect to the                       and annexes, schedules, netting                       a full scope entity to a limited scope
                                                  agreements, confirmations for each QFC                  agreements, supplements, or other                     entity and at the time it becomes a
                                                  position that has been confirmed and all                modifications with respect to the                     limited scope entity is not yet
                                                  trade acknowledgments for each QFC                      agreements, confirmations for each QFC                maintaining the records specified in


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95512               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                  paragraph (b) of this section must satisfy                       § 371.5 Transition for existing records                   required by § 371.4(a) or § 371.4(b), as
                                                  the recordkeeping requirements of                                entities.                                                 applicable, it must continue to maintain
                                                  paragraph (a) of this section within 270                            (a) Limited Scope Entities.                            the records required by this part
                                                  days of first becoming a record entity (or                       Notwithstanding any other provision of                    immediately prior to the Amendment
                                                  60 days of first becoming a record entity                        this part, an insured depository                          Effective Date.
                                                  if it is an accelerated records entity).                         institution that became a records entity
                                                     (d) Records entities with fewer than 20                       prior to the Amendment Effective Date                        (c) Transition for full scope entities
                                                  QFC positions. Notwithstanding any                               and constitutes a limited scope entity on                 not maintaining records on effective
                                                  other requirement of this part, if a                             the Amendment Effective Date shall                        date. If an insured depository institution
                                                  records entity and, if it is a full scope                        continue to comply with this part as in                   that constitutes a full scope entity on
                                                  entity, its reportable subsidiaries, have                        effect immediately prior to the                           the Amendment Effective Date became a
                                                  fewer than 20 open QFC positions in                              Amendment Effective Date or, if it elects                 records entity prior to the Amendment
                                                  total (without duplication) on the date                          to comply with this part as in effect on                  Effective Date but is not maintaining the
                                                  the institution becomes a records entity,                        and after such date, as so in effect, for                 records required by this part
                                                  the records required by this section are                         so long as the entity remains a limited                   immediately prior to the Amendment
                                                  not required to be recorded and                                  scope entity that has not ceased to be                    Effective Date, such records entity shall
                                                  maintained in electronic form as would                           required to maintain the capacity to                      comply with all recordkeeping
                                                  otherwise be required by this section, so                        produce records pursuant to § 371.3(d).                   requirements of this part within 270
                                                  long as all required records are capable                            (b) Transition for full scope entities                 days after the date that it first became
                                                  of being updated on a daily basis. If at                         maintaining records on effective date. If                 a records entity (or no later than 60 days
                                                  any time after it becomes a records                              an insured depository institution that                    after it first became a records entity if it
                                                  entity, the institution and, if it is a full                     constitutes a full scope entity on the                    is an accelerated records entity).
                                                  scope entity, its reportable subsidiaries,                       Amendment Effective Date became a
                                                  if applicable, have 20 or more open QFC                          records entity prior to the Amendment                     § 371.6    Enforcement Actions.
                                                  positions in total (without duplication),                        Effective Date and is maintaining the
                                                  it must record and maintain records in                           records required by this part                               Violating the terms or requirements
                                                  electronic form as required by this                              immediately prior to the Amendment                        set forth in this part constitutes a
                                                  section within 270 days (or, if it is an                         Effective Date, such records entity shall                 violation of a regulation and subjects the
                                                  accelerated records entity at that time,                         comply with all recordkeeping                             records entity to enforcement actions
                                                  within 60 days). The records entity must                         requirements of this part within 270                      under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit
                                                  provide to the FDIC, within 3 business                           days after the Amendment Effective                        Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818).
                                                  days of reaching the 20–QFC threshold,                           Date (or no later than 60 days after the                  Appendix A to Part 371—File Structure
                                                  a directory of the electronic files that                         Amendment Effective Date if it is an                      for Qualified Financial Contract (QFC)
                                                  will be used to maintain the information                         accelerated records entity). Until the
                                                                                                                                                                             Records for Limited Scope Entities
                                                  required to be kept by this section.                             records entity maintains the records

                                                                                                                      TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA
                                                                                                                                               Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                        Definition                 Validation
                                                                                                                                                     application

                                                  A1.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........         Provide data extraction date ...    YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A1.2 ...   Records entity identifier ..........          999999999 ............        Provide LEI for records entity      Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CO.2.
                                                                                                                                           if available. Information
                                                                                                                                           needed to review position-
                                                                                                                                           level data by records entity.
                                                  A1.3 ...   Position identifier .....................     20058953 ..............       Provide a position identifier.      Varchar(100).
                                                                                                                                           Use the unique transaction
                                                                                                                                           identifier if available. Infor-
                                                                                                                                           mation needed to readily
                                                                                                                                           track and distinguish posi-
                                                                                                                                           tions.
                                                  A1.4 ...   Counterparty identifier .............         888888888 ............        Provide a counterparty identi-      Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CP.2
                                                                                                                                           fier. Use LEI if counterparty
                                                                                                                                           has one. Information needed
                                                                                                                                           to identify counterparty by
                                                                                                                                           reference to Counterparty
                                                                                                                                           Master Table.
                                                  A1.5 ...   Internal booking location iden-               New York, New                 Provide office where the posi-      Varchar(50).
                                                                tifier.                                      York.                         tion is booked. Information
                                                                                                                                           needed to determine system
                                                                                                                                           on which the trade is
                                                                                                                                           booked and settled.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  A1.6 ...   Unique booking unit or desk                   xxxxxx ....................   Provide an identifier for unit or   Varchar(50).
                                                               identifier.                                                                 desk at which the position is
                                                                                                                                           booked. Information needed
                                                                                                                                           to help determine purpose
                                                                                                                                           of position.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000      Frm 00017       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                        95513

                                                                                                       TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                        Instructions and data
                                                                             Field                           Example                                                       Definition                 Validation
                                                                                                                                              application

                                                  A1.7 ...   Type of QFC ...........................   Credit, equity, for-       Provide type of QFC. Use             Varchar(100).
                                                                                                         eign exchange,             unique product identifier if
                                                                                                         interest rate (in-         available. Information need-
                                                                                                         cluding cross-cur-         ed to determine the nature
                                                                                                         rency), other              of the QFC.
                                                                                                         commodity, secu-
                                                                                                         rities repurchase
                                                                                                         agreement, secu-
                                                                                                         rities lending,
                                                                                                         loan repurchase
                                                                                                         agreement, guar-
                                                                                                         antee or other
                                                                                                         third party credit
                                                                                                         enhancement of
                                                                                                         a QFC.
                                                  A1.8 ...   Type of QFC covered by guar-              Credit, equity, for-       If QFC type is guarantee or          Varchar(200) ......    Only required if QFC type
                                                               antee or other third party                eign exchange,              other third party credit en-                              (A1.7) is a guarantee or
                                                               credit enhancement.                       interest rate (in-          hancement, provide type of                                other third party credit
                                                                                                         cluding cross-cur-          QFC that is covered by such                               enhancement.
                                                                                                         rency), other               guarantee or other third
                                                                                                         commodity, secu-            party credit enhancement.
                                                                                                         rities repurchase           Use unique product identifier
                                                                                                         agreement, secu-            if available. If multiple asset
                                                                                                         rities lending, or          classes are covered by the
                                                                                                         loan repurchase             guarantee or credit en-
                                                                                                         agreement.                  hancement, enter the asset
                                                                                                                                     classes separated by
                                                                                                                                     comma. If all the QFCs of
                                                                                                                                     the underlying QFC obligor
                                                                                                                                     identifier are covered by the
                                                                                                                                     guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                     party credit enhancement,
                                                                                                                                     enter ‘‘All.’’.
                                                  A1.9 ...   Underlying QFC obligor identi-            888888888 ............     If QFC type is guarantee or          Varchar(50) ........   Only required if QFC
                                                               fier.                                                                 other third party credit en-                              asset type (A1.7) is a
                                                                                                                                     hancement, provide an iden-                               guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                     tifier for the QFC obligor                                party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                     whose obligation is covered                               ment. Validated against
                                                                                                                                     by the guarantee or other                                 CO.2 if affiliate or CP.2
                                                                                                                                     third party credit enhance-                               if non-affiliate.
                                                                                                                                     ment. Use LEI if underlying
                                                                                                                                     QFC obligor has one. Com-
                                                                                                                                     plete the counterparty mas-
                                                                                                                                     ter table with respect to a
                                                                                                                                     QFC obligor that is a non-af-
                                                                                                                                     filiate.
                                                  A1.10      Agreement identifier ................     xxxxxxxxx ..............   Provide an identifier for pri-       Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                     mary governing documenta-
                                                                                                                                     tion, e.g. the master agree-
                                                                                                                                     ment or guarantee agree-
                                                                                                                                     ment, as applicable.
                                                  A1.11      Netting agreement identifier ....         xxxxxxxxx ..............   Provide an identifier for netting    Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                     agreement. If this agree-
                                                                                                                                     ment is the same as pro-
                                                                                                                                     vided in A1.10, use same
                                                                                                                                     identifier. Information need-
                                                                                                                                     ed to identify unique netting
                                                                                                                                     sets.
                                                  A1.12      Netting agreement                         xxxxxxxxx ..............   Provide a netting agreement          Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CP.2.
                                                               counterparty identifier.                                              counterparty identifier. Use
                                                                                                                                     same identifier as provided
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                     in A1.4 if counterparty and
                                                                                                                                     netting agreement
                                                                                                                                     counterparty are the same.
                                                                                                                                     Use LEI if netting agreement
                                                                                                                                     counterparty has one. Infor-
                                                                                                                                     mation needed to identify
                                                                                                                                     unique netting sets.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016     Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00018      Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95514               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                          TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                   Instructions and data
                                                                              Field                               Example                                                             Definition                    Validation
                                                                                                                                                         application

                                                  A1.13      Trade date ...............................   2014–12–20 ..........              Provide trade or other commit-      YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                                ment date for the QFC. In-
                                                                                                                                                formation needed to deter-
                                                                                                                                                mine when the entity’s rights
                                                                                                                                                and obligations regarding
                                                                                                                                                the position originated.
                                                  A1.14      Termination date .....................       2014–03–31 ..........              Provide date the QFC termi-         YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                                nates or is expected to ter-
                                                                                                                                                minate, expire, mature, or
                                                                                                                                                when final performance is
                                                                                                                                                required. Information need-
                                                                                                                                                ed to determine when the
                                                                                                                                                entity’s rights and obliga-
                                                                                                                                                tions regarding the position
                                                                                                                                                are expected to end.
                                                  A1.15      Next call, put, or cancellation              2015–01–25 ..........              Provide next call, put, or can-     YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                               date.                                                                            cellation date.
                                                  A1.16      Next payment date ..................         2015–01–25 ..........              Provide next payment date .....     YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A1.17      Current market value of the                  995000 ..................          In the case of a guarantee or       Num (25,5).
                                                               position in U.S. dollars.                                                        other third party credit en-
                                                                                                                                                hancements, provide the
                                                                                                                                                current mark-to-market ex-
                                                                                                                                                pected value of the expo-
                                                                                                                                                sure. Information needed to
                                                                                                                                                determine the current size of
                                                                                                                                                the obligation/benefit associ-
                                                                                                                                                ated with the QFC.
                                                  A1.18      Notional or principal amount of              1000000 ................           Provide the notional or prin-       Num (25,5).
                                                               the position In U.S. dollars.                                                    cipal amount, as applicable,
                                                                                                                                                in U.S. dollars. In the case
                                                                                                                                                of a guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                                party credit enhancements,
                                                                                                                                                provide the maximum pos-
                                                                                                                                                sible exposure. Information
                                                                                                                                                needed to help evaluate the
                                                                                                                                                position.
                                                  A1.19      Covered by third-party credit                Y/N ........................       Indicate whether QFC is cov-        Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘
                                                               enhancement agreement                                                            ered by a guarantee or
                                                               (for the benefit of the                                                          other third-party credit en-
                                                               records entity)?.                                                                hancement. Information
                                                                                                                                                needed to determine credit
                                                                                                                                                enhancement.
                                                  A1.20      Third-party credit enhance-                  999999999 ............             If QFC is covered by a guar-        Varchar(50) ........      Required if A1.20 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment provider identifier (for                                                    antee or other third-party                                   Validated against CP.2
                                                               the benefit of the records                                                       credit enhancement, provide
                                                               entity).                                                                         an identifier for provider.
                                                                                                                                                Use LEI if available. Com-
                                                                                                                                                plete the counterparty mas-
                                                                                                                                                ter table with respect to a
                                                                                                                                                provider that is a non-affil-
                                                                                                                                                iate.
                                                  A1.21      Third-party credit enhance-                  ................................   If QFC is covered by a guar-        Varchar(50) ........      Required if A1.20 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment agreement identifier                                                        antee or other third-party
                                                               (for the benefit of the                                                          credit enhancement, provide
                                                               records entity).                                                                 an identifier for the agree-
                                                                                                                                                ment.
                                                  A1.22      Related position of records en-              3333333 ................           Use this field to link any re-      Varchar(100).
                                                               tity.                                                                            lated positions of the
                                                                                                                                                records entity . All positions
                                                                                                                                                that are related to one an-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                other should have same
                                                                                                                                                designation in this field.
                                                  A1.23      Reference number for any re-                 9999999 ................           Provide a unique reference          Varchar(500).
                                                               lated loan.                                                                      number for any loan held by
                                                                                                                                                the records entity or a mem-
                                                                                                                                                ber of its corporate group
                                                                                                                                                related to the position (with
                                                                                                                                                multiple entries delimited by
                                                                                                                                                commas).



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016      Jkt 241001    PO 00000         Frm 00019         Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                                    95515

                                                                                                           TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                  Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                           Definition                    Validation
                                                                                                                                                        application

                                                  A1.24      Identifier of the lender of the               999999999 ............         For any loan recorded in                             Varchar(500).
                                                               related loan.                                                                A1.23, provide identifier for
                                                                                                                                            records entity or member of
                                                                                                                                            its corporate group that
                                                                                                                                            holds any related loan. Use
                                                                                                                                            LEI if entity has one.


                                                                                                           TABLE A–2—COUNTERPARTY NETTING SET DATA
                                                                                                                                                  Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                               Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                        application

                                                  A2.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ................                YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A2.2 ...   Records entity identifier ..........          999999999 ............         Provide the LEI for the records                      Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CO.2.
                                                                                                                                            entity if available.
                                                  A2.3 ...   Netting agreement                             888888888 ............         Provide an identifier for the                        Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CP.2.
                                                               counterparty identifier.                                                     netting agreement
                                                                                                                                            counterparty. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                            counterparty has one.
                                                  A2.4 ...   Netting agreement identifier ....             xxxxxxxxx ..............       Provide an identifier for the                        Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                            netting agreement.
                                                  A2.5 ...   Underlying QFC obligor identi-                888888888 ............         Provide identifier for under-                        Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CO.2 or
                                                               fier.                                                                        lying QFC obligor if netting                                                   CP.2.
                                                                                                                                            agreement is associated
                                                                                                                                            with a guarantee or other
                                                                                                                                            third party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                            ment. Use LEI if available.
                                                  A2.6 ...   Covered by third-party credit                 Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the positions                       Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               enhancement agreement                                                        subject to the netting set
                                                               (for the benefit of the                                                      agreement are covered by a
                                                               records entity)?                                                             third-party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                            ment agreement.
                                                    A2.7     Third-party credit enhance-                   999999999 ............         Use LEI if available. Informa-                       Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.6 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment provider identifier (for                                                tion needed to identity third-                                                 Should be a valid entry
                                                               the benefit of the records                                                   party credit enhancement                                                       in the Counterparty
                                                               entity).                                                                     provider.                                                                      Master Table. Validated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           against CP.2.
                                                  A2.8 ...   Third-party credit enhance-                   4444444 ................        .................................................   Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.6 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment agreement identifier                                                                                                                                   Validated against A3.3.
                                                               (for the benefit of the
                                                               records entity).
                                                  A2.9 ...   Aggregate current market                      ¥1000000 .............         Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all posi-
                                                               value in U.S. dollars of all                                                  evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tions in A1 for the given
                                                               positions under this netting                                                  ject to the netting agreement.                                               netting agreement iden-
                                                               agreement.                                                                                                                                                 tifier should be equal to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          this value. A2.9 = A2.10
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          + A2.11.
                                                  A2.10      Current market value in U.S.                  3000000 ................       Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all posi-
                                                               dollars of all positive posi-                                                 evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tive positions in A1 for
                                                               tions, as aggregated under                                                    ject to the netting agreement.                                               the given netting agree-
                                                               this netting agreement.                                                                                                                                    ment identifier should
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          be equal to this value.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A2.9 = A2.10 + A2.11.
                                                  A2.11      Current market value in U.S.                  ¥4000000 .............         Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all nega-
                                                               dollars of all negative posi-                                                 evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tive positions in A1 for
                                                               tions, as aggregated under                                                    ject to the netting agreement.                                               the given Netting
                                                               this netting agreement.                                                                                                                                    Agreement Identifier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          should be equal to this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          value. A2.9 = A2.10 +
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A2.11.
                                                  A2.12      Current market value in U.S.                  950000 ..................      Information needed to deter-                         Num (25,5).
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                               dollars of all collateral post-                                               mine the extent to which
                                                               ed by records entity, as ag-                                                  collateral has been provided
                                                               gregated under this netting                                                   by records entity.
                                                               agreement.
                                                  A2.13      Current market value in U.S.                  50000 ....................     Information needed to deter-                         Num (25,5).
                                                               dollars of all collateral post-                                               mine the extent to which
                                                               ed by counterparty, as ag-                                                    collateral has been provided
                                                               gregated under this netting                                                   by counterparty.
                                                               agreement.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00020       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702       E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM             28DEP1


                                                  95516               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                TABLE A–2—COUNTERPARTY NETTING SET DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                  Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                      application

                                                  A2.14      Records entity collateral—net                 950,000 .................      Provide records entity’s collat-        Num (25,5) .........      Should be less than or
                                                                                                                                            eral excess or deficiency                                         equal to A2.15.
                                                                                                                                            with respect to all of its posi-
                                                                                                                                            tions, as determined under
                                                                                                                                            each applicable agreement,
                                                                                                                                            including thresholds and
                                                                                                                                            haircuts where applicable.
                                                  A2.15      Counterparty collateral—net ...               950,000 .................      Provide counterparty’s collat-          Num (25,5) .........      Should be less than or
                                                                                                                                            eral excess or deficiency                                         equal to A2.16.
                                                                                                                                            with respect to all of its posi-
                                                                                                                                            tions, as determined under
                                                                                                                                            each applicable agreement,
                                                                                                                                            including thresholds and
                                                                                                                                            haircuts where applicable.
                                                  A2.16      Next margin payment date .....                2015–11–05 ..........          Provide next margin payment             YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                            date for position.
                                                  A2.17      Next margin payment amount                    150,000 .................      Use positive value if records           Num (25,5).
                                                               in U.S. dollars.                                                             entity is due a payment and
                                                                                                                                            use negative value if
                                                                                                                                            records entity has to make
                                                                                                                                            the payment.


                                                                                                              CORPORATE ORGANIZATION MASTER TABLE *
                                                                                                                                                Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                  Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                      application

                                                  CO.1 ..    As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ................   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  CO.2 ..    Entity identifier ........................    888888888 ............         Provide unique identifier. Use          Varchar(50) ........      Should be unique across
                                                                                                                                             LEI if available. Information                                    all record entities.
                                                                                                                                             needed to identify entity.
                                                  CO.3 ..    Has LEI been used for entity                  Y/N ........................   Specify whether the entity              Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               identifier?                                                                   identifier provided is an LEI.
                                                  CO.4 ..    Legal name of entity ...............          John Doe & Co .....            Provide legal name of entity ...        Varchar(200).
                                                  CO.5 ..    Immediate parent entity identi-               77777777 ..............        Use LEI if available. Informa-          Varchar(50).
                                                               fier.                                                                         tion needed to complete org
                                                                                                                                             structure.
                                                  CO.6 ..    Has LEI been used for imme-                   Y/N ........................   Specify whether the immediate           Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               diate parent entity identifier?                                               parent entity identifier pro-
                                                                                                                                             vided is an LEI.
                                                  CO.7 ..    Legal name of immediate par-                  John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to com-              Varchar(200).
                                                               ent entity.                                                                   plete org structure.
                                                  CO.8 ..    Percentage ownership of im-                   100.00 ...................     Information needed to com-              Num (5,2).
                                                               mediate parent entity in the                                                  plete org structure.
                                                               entity.
                                                  CO.9 ..    Entity type ...............................   Subsidiary, foreign            Information needed to com-              Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             branch, foreign                 plete org structure.
                                                                                                             division.
                                                  CO.10      Domicile ..................................   New York, New                  Enter as city, state or city, for-      Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             York.                          eign country.
                                                  CO.11      Jurisdiction under which incor-               New York ...............       Enter as state or foreign juris-        Varchar(50).
                                                               porated or organized.                                                        diction.
                                                     * Foreign branches and divisions shall be separately identified to the extent they are identified in an entity’s reports to its PFRAs.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00021       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM       28DEP1


                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                       95517

                                                                                                                         COUNTERPARTY MASTER TABLE
                                                                                                                                                Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                  Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                      application

                                                  CP.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ................   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  CP.2 ...   Counterparty identifier .............         888888888 ............         Use LEI if counterparty has             Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                             one. The counterparty iden-
                                                                                                                                             tifier shall be the global legal
                                                                                                                                             entity identifier if one has
                                                                                                                                             been issued to the entity. If
                                                                                                                                             a counterparty transacts
                                                                                                                                             with the records entity
                                                                                                                                             through one or more sepa-
                                                                                                                                             rate foreign branches or di-
                                                                                                                                             visions and any such branch
                                                                                                                                             or division does not have its
                                                                                                                                             own unique global legal enti-
                                                                                                                                             ty identifier, the records enti-
                                                                                                                                             ty must include additional
                                                                                                                                             identifiers, as appropriate to
                                                                                                                                             enable the FDIC to aggre-
                                                                                                                                             gate or disaggregate the
                                                                                                                                             data for each counterparty
                                                                                                                                             and for each entity with the
                                                                                                                                             same ultimate parent entity
                                                                                                                                             as the counterparty.
                                                  CP.3 ...   Has LEI been used for                         Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the                    Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               counterparty identifier?                                                      counterparty identifier is an
                                                                                                                                             LEI.
                                                  CP.4 ...   Legal name of counterparty ....               John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to identify          Varchar(200).
                                                                                                                                             and, if necessary, commu-
                                                                                                                                             nicate with counterparty.
                                                  CP.5 ...   Domicile ..................................   New York, New                  Enter as city, state or city, for-      Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             York.                           eign country.
                                                  CP.6 ...   Jurisdiction under which incor-               New York ...............       Enter as state or foreign juris-        Varchar(50).
                                                               porated or organized.                                                         diction.
                                                  CP.7 ...   Immediate parent entity identi-               77777777 ..............        Provide an identifier for the           Varchar(50).
                                                               fier.                                                                         parent entity that directly
                                                                                                                                             controls the counterparty.
                                                                                                                                             Use LEI if immediate parent
                                                                                                                                             entity has one.
                                                  CP.8 ...   Has LEI been used for imme-                   Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the imme-              Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               diate parent entity identifier?                                               diate parent entity identifier
                                                                                                                                             is an LEI.
                                                  CP.9 ...   Legal name of immediate par-                  John Doe & Co .....            Information needed to identify          Varchar(200).
                                                               ent entity.                                                                   and, if necessary, commu-
                                                                                                                                             nicate with counterparty.
                                                  CP.10      Ultimate parent entity identifier             666666666 ............         Provide an identifier for the           Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                             parent entity that is a mem-
                                                                                                                                             ber of the corporate group
                                                                                                                                             of the counterparty that is
                                                                                                                                             not controlled by another
                                                                                                                                             entity. Information needed to
                                                                                                                                             identify counterparty. Use
                                                                                                                                             LEI if ultimate parent entity
                                                                                                                                             has one.
                                                  CP.11      Has LEI been used for ulti-                   Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the ultimate           Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               mate parent entity identifier?                                                parent entity identifier is an
                                                                                                                                             LEI.
                                                  CP.12      Legal name of ultimate parent                 John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to identify          Varchar(100).
                                                               entity.                                                                       and, if necessary, commu-
                                                                                                                                             nicate with counterparty.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00022       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM       28DEP1


                                                  95518                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                                                        DETAILS OF FORMATS
                                                        Format                                   Content in brief                                             Additional explanation                                Examples

                                                  YYYY–MM–DD ..             Date .............................................................    YYYY = four digit date, MM = 2 digit               2015–11–12.
                                                                                                                                                    month, DD = 2 digit date.
                                                  Num (25,5) .........      Up to 25 numerical characters including 5                             Up to 20 numerical characters before the           1352.67.
                                                                              decimals.                                                             decimal point and up to 5 numerical              12345678901234567890.12345.
                                                                                                                                                    characters after the decimal point. The          0.
                                                                                                                                                    dot character is used to separate deci-          ¥20000.25.
                                                                                                                                                    mals.                                            ¥0.257.
                                                  Char(3) ...............   3 alphanumeric characters ..........................                  The length is fixed at 3 alphanumeric char-        USD.
                                                                                                                                                    acters.                                          X1X.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     999.
                                                  Varchar(25) ........      Up to 25 alphanumeric characters ..............                       The length is not fixed but limited at up to       asgaGEH3268EFdsagtTRCF543.
                                                                                                                                                    25 alphanumeric characters.



                                                  Appendix B to Part 371—File Structure
                                                  for Qualified Financial Contract
                                                  Records for Full Scope Entities 32

                                                                                                                           TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA
                                                                                                                                                       Instructions and data
                                                                                  Field                                  Example                                                           Definition                   Validation
                                                                                                                                                             application

                                                  A1.1 ......    As of date ...............................      2015–01–05 ..........            Provide data extraction date ..      YYYY–MM–DD ..
                                                  A1.2 ......    Records entity identifier ..........            999999999 ............           Provide LEI for records entity.      Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CO.2.
                                                                                                                                                    Information needed to re-
                                                                                                                                                    view position-level data by
                                                                                                                                                    records entity.
                                                  A1.3 ......    Position identifier ....................        20058953 ..............          Provide a position identifier.       Varchar(100) ......
                                                                                                                                                    Should be used consistently
                                                                                                                                                    across all records entities.
                                                                                                                                                    Use the unique transaction
                                                                                                                                                    identifier if available. Infor-
                                                                                                                                                    mation needed to readily
                                                                                                                                                    track and distinguish posi-
                                                                                                                                                    tions.
                                                  A1.4 ......    Counterparty identifier ............            888888888 ............           Provide a counterparty identi-       Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CP.2.
                                                                                                                                                    fier. Use LEI if counterparty
                                                                                                                                                    has one. Should be used
                                                                                                                                                    consistently by all records
                                                                                                                                                    entities. Information needed
                                                                                                                                                    to identify counterparty by
                                                                                                                                                    reference to Counterparty
                                                                                                                                                    Master Table.
                                                  A1.5 ......    Internal booking location iden-                 New York, New                    Provide office where the posi-       Varchar(50) ........   Combination A1.2 + A1.5
                                                                    tifier.                                        York.                            tion is booked. Information                                 + A1.6 should have a
                                                                                                                                                    needed to determine sys-                                    corresponding unique
                                                                                                                                                    tem on which the trade is                                   combination BL.2 +
                                                                                                                                                    booked and settled.                                         BL.3 + BL.4 entry in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Booking Location Mas-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                ter Table.
                                                  A1.6 ......    Unique booking unit or desk                     xxxxxx ...................       Provide an identifier for unit or    Varchar(50) ........   Combination A1.2 + A1.5
                                                                  identifier.                                                                       desk at which the position                                  + A1.6 should have a
                                                                                                                                                    is booked. Information                                      corresponding unique
                                                                                                                                                    needed to help determine                                    combination BL.2 +
                                                                                                                                                    purpose of position.                                        BL.3 + BL.4 entry in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Booking Location Mas-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                ter Table.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    32 Pursuant to § 374(b), the records entity is                      Appendix B for itself and each of its reportable              legal entities (i.e., the records entity and each
                                                  required to provide the information required by                       subsidiaries in manner that can be disaggregated by           reportable subsidiary).



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001       PO 00000       Frm 00023         Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                        95519

                                                                                                          TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                           Instructions and data
                                                                                Field                           Example                                                       Definition                 Validation
                                                                                                                                                 application

                                                  A1.7 ......   Type of QFC ...........................   Credit, equity, for-        Provide type of QFC. Use            Varchar(100).
                                                                                                            eign exchange,              unique product identifier if
                                                                                                            interest rate (in-          available. Information need-
                                                                                                            cluding cross-              ed to determine the nature
                                                                                                            currency), other            of the QFC.
                                                                                                            commodity, se-
                                                                                                            curities repur-
                                                                                                            chase agree-
                                                                                                            ment, securities
                                                                                                            lending, loan re-
                                                                                                            purchase agree-
                                                                                                            ment, guarantee
                                                                                                            or other third
                                                                                                            party credit en-
                                                                                                            hancement of a
                                                                                                            QFC.
                                                  A1.7.1 ...    Type of QFC covered by                    Credit, equity, for-        If QFC type is guarantee or         Varchar(500) ......    Only required if QFC type
                                                                  guarantee or other third                  eign exchange,               other third party credit en-                             (A1.7) is a guarantee or
                                                                  party credit enhancement.                 interest rate (in-           hancement, provide type of                               other third party credit
                                                                                                            cluding cross-               QFC of the QFC that is cov-                              enhancement.
                                                                                                            currency), other             ered by such guarantee or
                                                                                                            commodity, se-               other third party credit en-
                                                                                                            curities repur-              hancement. Use unique
                                                                                                            chase agree-                 product identifier if avail-
                                                                                                            ment, securities             able. If multiple asset class-
                                                                                                            lending, or loan             es are covered by the guar-
                                                                                                            repurchase                   antee or credit enhance-
                                                                                                            agreement.                   ment, enter the asset class-
                                                                                                                                         es separated by comma. If
                                                                                                                                         all the QFCs of the under-
                                                                                                                                         lying QFC obligor identifier
                                                                                                                                         are covered by the guar-
                                                                                                                                         antee or other third party
                                                                                                                                         credit enhancement, enter
                                                                                                                                         ‘‘All’’.
                                                  A1.7.2 ...    Underlying QFC obligor identi-            888888888 ............      If QFC type is guarantee or         Varchar(50) ........   Only required if QFC
                                                                 fier.                                                                   other third party credit en-                             asset type (A1.7) is a
                                                                                                                                         hancement, provide an                                    guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                         identifier for the QFC obli-                             party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                         gor whose obligation is cov-                             ment. Validated against
                                                                                                                                         ered by the guarantee or                                 CO.2 if affiliate or CP.2
                                                                                                                                         other third party credit en-                             if non-affiliate.
                                                                                                                                         hancement. Use LEI if un-
                                                                                                                                         derlying QFC obligor has
                                                                                                                                         one. Complete the
                                                                                                                                         counterparty master table
                                                                                                                                         with respect to a QFC obli-
                                                                                                                                         gor that is a non-affiliate.
                                                  A1.8 ......   Agreement identifier ...............      xxxxxxxxx ..............    Provide an identifier for the       Varchar(50) ........   Validated against A3.3.
                                                                                                                                         primary governing docu-
                                                                                                                                         mentation, e.g., the master
                                                                                                                                         agreement or guarantee
                                                                                                                                         agreement, as applicable.
                                                  A1.9 ......   Netting agreement identifier ...          xxxxxxxxx ..............    Provide an identifier for net-      Varchar(50) ........   Validated against A3.3.
                                                                                                                                         ting agreement. If this
                                                                                                                                         agreement is the same as
                                                                                                                                         provided in A1.10, use
                                                                                                                                         same identifier. Information
                                                                                                                                         needed to identify unique
                                                                                                                                         netting sets.
                                                  A1.10 ....    Netting agreement                         xxxxxxxxx ..............    Provide a netting agreement         Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CP.2.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                 counterparty identifier.                                                counterparty identifier. Use
                                                                                                                                         same identifier as provided
                                                                                                                                         in A1.4 if counterparty and
                                                                                                                                         netting agreement
                                                                                                                                         counterparty are the same.
                                                                                                                                         Use LEI if netting agree-
                                                                                                                                         ment counterparty has one.
                                                                                                                                         Information needed to iden-
                                                                                                                                         tify unique netting sets.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016     Jkt 241001     PO 00000   Frm 00024       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                  95520               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                           TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                  Instructions and data
                                                                                Field                              Example                                                           Definition   Validation
                                                                                                                                                        application

                                                  A1.11 ....   Trade date ..............................   2014–12–20 ..........             Provide trade or other com-         YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                               mitment date for the QFC.
                                                                                                                                               Information needed to de-
                                                                                                                                               termine when the entity’s
                                                                                                                                               rights and obligations re-
                                                                                                                                               garding the position origi-
                                                                                                                                               nated.
                                                  A1.12 ....   Termination date ....................       2014–03–31 ..........             Provide date the QFC termi-         YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                               nates or is expected to ter-
                                                                                                                                               minate, expire, mature, or
                                                                                                                                               when final performance is
                                                                                                                                               required. Information need-
                                                                                                                                               ed to determine when the
                                                                                                                                               entity’s rights and obliga-
                                                                                                                                               tions regarding the position
                                                                                                                                               are expected to end.
                                                  A1.13 ....   Next call, put, or cancellation             2015–01–25 ..........             Provide next call, put, or can-     YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                 date.                                                                         cellation date.
                                                  A1.14 ....   Next payment date .................         2015–01–25 ..........             Provide next payment date ....      YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A1.15 ....   Local Currency Of Position ....             USD ......................        Provide currency in which           Char(3).
                                                                                                                                               QFC is denominated. Use
                                                                                                                                               ISO currency code.
                                                  A1.16 ....   Current market value of the                 995000 ..................         Provide current market value        Num (25,5).
                                                                position in local currency.                                                    of the position in local cur-
                                                                                                                                               rency. In the case of a
                                                                                                                                               guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                               party credit enhancements,
                                                                                                                                               provide the current mark-to-
                                                                                                                                               market expected value of
                                                                                                                                               the exposure. Information
                                                                                                                                               needed to determine the
                                                                                                                                               current size of the obliga-
                                                                                                                                               tion or benefit associated
                                                                                                                                               with the QFC.
                                                  A1.17 ....   Current market value of the                 995000 ..................         In the case of a guarantee or       Num (25,5).
                                                                position in U.S. dollars.                                                      other third party credit en-
                                                                                                                                               hancements, provide the
                                                                                                                                               current mark-to-market ex-
                                                                                                                                               pected value of the expo-
                                                                                                                                               sure. Information needed to
                                                                                                                                               determine the current size
                                                                                                                                               of the obligation/benefit as-
                                                                                                                                               sociated with the QFC.
                                                  A1.18 ....   Asset Classification ................       1 ............................    Provide fair value asset clas-      Char(1).
                                                                                                                                               sification under GAAP,
                                                                                                                                               IFRS, or other accounting
                                                                                                                                               principles or standards used
                                                                                                                                               by records entity. Provide
                                                                                                                                               ‘‘1’’ for Level 1, ‘‘2’’ for
                                                                                                                                               Level 2, or ‘‘3’’ for Level 3.
                                                                                                                                               Information needed to as-
                                                                                                                                               sess fair value of the posi-
                                                                                                                                               tion.
                                                  A1.19 ....   Notional or principal amount                1000000 ................          Provide the notional or prin-       Num (25,5).
                                                                of the position in local cur-                                                  cipal amount, as applicable,
                                                                rency.                                                                         in local currency. In the
                                                                                                                                               case of a guarantee or
                                                                                                                                               other third party credit en-
                                                                                                                                               hancement, provide the
                                                                                                                                               maximum possible expo-
                                                                                                                                               sure. Information needed to
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                               help evaluate the position.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016     Jkt 241001      PO 00000      Frm 00025          Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                               95521

                                                                                                     TABLE A–1—POSITION-LEVEL DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                          Instructions and data
                                                                             Field                          Example                                                            Definition                   Validation
                                                                                                                                                application

                                                  A1.20 ....   Notional or principal amount          1000000 ................        Provide the notional or prin-        Num (25,5).
                                                                of the position In U.S. dol-                                            cipal amount, as applicable,
                                                                lars.                                                                   in U.S. dollars. In the case
                                                                                                                                        of a guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                        party credit enhancements,
                                                                                                                                        provide the maximum pos-
                                                                                                                                        sible exposure. Information
                                                                                                                                        needed to help evaluate the
                                                                                                                                        position.
                                                  A1.21 ....   Covered by third-party credit         Y/N ........................    Indicate whether QFC is cov-         Char(1) ..............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                                enhancement agreement                                                   ered by a guarantee or
                                                                (for the benefit of the                                                 other third-party credit en-
                                                                records entity)?.                                                       hancement. Information
                                                                                                                                        needed to determine credit
                                                                                                                                        enhancement.
                                                  A1.21.1      Third-party credit enhance-           999999999 ............          If QFC is covered by a guar-         Varchar(50) ........     Required if A1.21 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                                 ment provider identifier (for                                          antee or other third-party                                   Validated against CP.2.
                                                                 the benefit of the records                                             credit enhancement, pro-
                                                                 entity).                                                               vide an identifier for pro-
                                                                                                                                        vider. Use LEI if available.
                                                                                                                                        Complete the counterparty
                                                                                                                                        master table with respect to
                                                                                                                                        a provider that is a non-affil-
                                                                                                                                        iate.
                                                  A1.21.2      Third-party credit enhance-           4444444 ................        If QFC is covered by a guar-         Varchar(50) ........     Required if A1.21 is ‘‘Y.’’
                                                                 ment agreement identifier                                              antee or other third-party                                   Validated against A3.3.
                                                                 (for the benefit of the                                                credit enhancement, pro-
                                                                 records entity).                                                       vide an identifier for the
                                                                                                                                        agreement.
                                                  A1.21.3      Covered by third-party credit         Y/N ........................    Indicate whether QFC is cov-         Char(1) ..............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                                enhancement agreement                                                   ered by a guarantee or
                                                                (for the benefit of the                                                 other third-party credit en-
                                                                counterparty)?.                                                         hancement. Information
                                                                                                                                        needed to determine credit
                                                                                                                                        enhancement.
                                                  A1.21.4      Third-party credit enhance-           999999999 ............          If QFC is covered by a guar-         Varchar(50) ........     Required if A1.21.3 is
                                                                 ment provider identifier (for                                          antee or other third-party                                   ‘‘Y’’. Validated against
                                                                 the benefit of the                                                     credit enhancement, pro-                                     CO.2 or CP.2.
                                                                 counterparty).                                                         vide an identifier for pro-
                                                                                                                                        vider. Use LEI if available.
                                                                                                                                        Complete the counterparty
                                                                                                                                        master table with respect to
                                                                                                                                        a provider that is a non-affil-
                                                                                                                                        iate.
                                                  A1.21.5      Third-party credit enhance-           4444444 ................        If QFC is covered by a guar-         Varchar(50) ........     Required if A1.21.3 is
                                                                 ment agreement identifier                                              antee or other third-party                                   ‘‘Y’’. Validated against
                                                                 (for the benefit of the                                                credit enhancement, pro-                                     A3.3.
                                                                 counterparty).                                                         vide an identifier for agree-
                                                                                                                                        ment.
                                                  A1.22 ....   Related position of records           3333333 ................        Use this field to link any re-       Varchar(100).
                                                                entity.                                                                 lated positions of the
                                                                                                                                        records entity. All positions
                                                                                                                                        that are related to one an-
                                                                                                                                        other should have same
                                                                                                                                        designation in this field.
                                                  A1.23 ....   Reference number for any re-          9999999 ................        Provide a unique reference           Varchar(500).
                                                                lated loan.                                                             number for any loan held by
                                                                                                                                        the records entity or a
                                                                                                                                        member of its corporate
                                                                                                                                        group related to the position
                                                                                                                                        (with multiple entries delim-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                        ited by commas).
                                                  A1.24 ....   Identifier of the lender of the       999999999 ............          For any loan recorded in             Varchar(500).
                                                                 related loan.                                                          A1.23, provide identifier for
                                                                                                                                        records entity or member of
                                                                                                                                        its corporate group that
                                                                                                                                        holds any related loan. Use
                                                                                                                                        LEI if entity has one.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:33 Dec 27, 2016   Jkt 241001   PO 00000     Frm 00026         Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM    28DEP1


                                                  95522               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                           TABLE A–2—COUNTERPARTY NETTING SET DATA
                                                                                                                                                  Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                               Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                        application

                                                  A2.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ................                YYYY–MM–DD ..
                                                  A2.2 ...   Records entity identifier ..........          999999999 ............         Provide the LEI for the records                      Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CO.2.
                                                                                                                                              entity.
                                                  A2.3 ...   Netting agreement                             888888888 ............         Provide an identifier for the                        Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CP.2.
                                                               counterparty identifier.                                                       netting agreement
                                                                                                                                              counterparty. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                              counterparty has one.
                                                  A2.4 ...   Netting agreement identifier ....             xxxxxxxxx ..............       Provide an identifier for the                        Varchar(50) ........      Validated against A3.3.
                                                                                                                                              netting agreement.
                                                  A2.4.1     Underlying QFC obligor identi-                888888888 ............         Provide identifier for under-                        Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CO.2 or
                                                               fier.                                                                          lying QFC obligor if netting                                                 CP.2.
                                                                                                                                              agreement is associated
                                                                                                                                              with a guarantee or other
                                                                                                                                              third party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                              ment. Use LEI if available.
                                                  A2.5 ...   Covered by third-party credit                 Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the positions                       Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               enhancement agreement                                                          subject to the netting set
                                                               (for the benefit of the                                                        agreement are covered by a
                                                               records entity)?                                                               third-party credit enhance-
                                                                                                                                              ment agreement.
                                                  A2.5.1     Third-party credit enhance-                   999999999 ............         Use LEI if available. Informa-                       Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.5 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment provider identifier (for                                                  tion needed to identity third-                                             Validated against CP.2.
                                                               the benefit of the records                                                     party credit enhancement
                                                               entity).                                                                       provider.
                                                  A2.5.2     Third-party credit enhance-                   4444444 ................        .................................................   Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.5 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment agreement identifier                                                                                                                                 Validated against A3.3.
                                                               (for the benefit of the
                                                               records entity).
                                                  A2.5.3     Covered by third-party credit                 Y/N ........................   Information needed to deter-                         Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                               enhancement agreement                                                         mine credit enhancement.
                                                               (for the benefit of the
                                                               counterparty)?
                                                  A2.5.4     Third-party credit enhance-                   999999999 ............         Use LEI if available. Informa-                       Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.5.3 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment provider identifier (for                                                tion needed to identity third-                                                 Should be a valid entry
                                                               the benefit of the                                                           party credit enhancement                                                       in the Counterparty
                                                               counterparty).                                                               provider.                                                                      Master Table. Validated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           against CP.2.
                                                  A2.5.5     Third-party credit enhance-                   4444444 ................       Information used to determine                        Varchar(50) ........      Required if A2.5.3 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                               ment agreement identifier                                                     guarantee or other third-                                                     Validated against A3.3.
                                                               (for the benefit of the                                                       party credit enhancement.
                                                               counterparty).
                                                  A2.6 ...   Aggregate current market                      ¥1000000 .............         Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all posi-
                                                               value in U.S. dollars of all                                                  evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tions in A1 for the given
                                                               positions under this netting                                                  ject to the netting agreement.                                               netting agreement iden-
                                                               agreement.                                                                                                                                                 tifier should be equal to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          this value. A2.6 = A2.7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          + A2.8.
                                                  A2.7 ...   Current market value in U.S.                  3000000 ................       Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all posi-
                                                               dollars of all positive posi-                                                 evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tive positions in A1 for
                                                               tions, as aggregated under                                                    ject to the netting agreement.                                               the given netting agree-
                                                               this netting agreement.                                                                                                                                    ment identifier should
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          be equal to this value.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A2.6 = A2.7 + A2.8.
                                                  A2.8 ...   Current market value in U.S.                  ¥4000000 .............         Information needed to help        Num (25,5) .........                         Market value of all nega-
                                                               dollars of all negative posi-                                                 evaluate the positions sub-                                                  tive positions in A1 for
                                                               tions, as aggregated under                                                    ject to the netting agreement.                                               the given Netting
                                                               this netting agreement.                                                                                                                                    Agreement Identifier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          should be equal to this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          value. A2.6 = A2.7 +
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A2.8.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  A2.9 ...   Current market value in U.S.                  950000 ..................      Information needed to deter-                         Num (25,5) .........      Market value of all collat-
                                                               dollars of all collateral post-                                               mine the extent to which                                                     eral posted by records
                                                               ed by records entity, as ag-                                                  collateral has been provided                                                 entity for the given net-
                                                               gregated under this netting                                                   by records entity.                                                           ting agreement Identifier
                                                               agreement.                                                                                                                                                 should be equal to sum
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          of all A4.9 for the same
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          netting agreement iden-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          tifier in A4.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00027       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702       E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM             28DEP1


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                 95523

                                                                                                 TABLE A–2—COUNTERPARTY NETTING SET DATA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                 Instructions and data
                                                                                Field                               Example                                                                Def                    Validation
                                                                                                                                                       application

                                                  A2.10         Current market value in U.S.                 50000 ....................    Information needed to deter-            Num (25,5) .........   Market value of all collat-
                                                                  dollars of all collateral post-                                             mine the extent to which                                     eral posted by
                                                                  ed by counterparty, as ag-                                                  collateral has been provided                                 counterparty for the
                                                                  gregated under this netting                                                 by counterparty.                                             given netting agreement
                                                                  agreement.                                                                                                                               identifier should be
                                                                                                                                                                                                           equal to sum of all A4.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                           for the same netting
                                                                                                                                                                                                           agreement identifier in
                                                                                                                                                                                                           A4.
                                                  A2.11         Current market value in U.S.                 950,000 .................     Information needed to deter-            Num (25,5).
                                                                  dollars of all collateral post-                                             mine the extent to which
                                                                  ed by records entity that is                                                collateral has been provided
                                                                  subject to re-hypothecation,                                                by records entity.
                                                                  as aggregated under this
                                                                  netting agreement.
                                                  A2.12         Current market value in U.S.                 950,000 .................     Information needed to deter-            Num (25,5).
                                                                  dollars of all collateral post-                                             mine the extent to which
                                                                  ed by counterparty that is                                                  collateral has been provided
                                                                  subject to re-hypothecation,                                                by records entity.
                                                                  as aggregated under this
                                                                  netting agreement.
                                                  A2.13         Records entity collateral—net                950,000 .................     Provide records entity’s collat-        Num (25,5) .........   Should be less than or
                                                                                                                                             eral excess or deficiency                                      equal to A2.9.
                                                                                                                                             with respect to all of its posi-
                                                                                                                                             tions, as determined under
                                                                                                                                             each applicable agreement,
                                                                                                                                             including thresholds and
                                                                                                                                             haircuts where applicable.
                                                  A2.14         Counterparty collateral—net ...              950,000 .................     Provide counterparty’s collat-          Num (25,5) .........   Should be less than or
                                                                                                                                             eral excess or deficiency                                      equal to A2.10.
                                                                                                                                             with respect to all of its posi-
                                                                                                                                             tions, as determined under
                                                                                                                                             each applicable agreement,
                                                                                                                                             including thresholds and
                                                                                                                                             haircuts where applicable.
                                                  A2.15         Next margin payment date .....               2015–11–05 ..........         Provide next margin payment             YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                             date for position.
                                                  A2.16         Next margin payment amount                   150,000 .................     Use positive value if records           Num (25,5).
                                                                  in U.S. dollars.                                                           entity is due a payment and
                                                                                                                                             use negative value if
                                                                                                                                             records entity has to make
                                                                                                                                             the payment.
                                                  A2.17         Safekeeping agent identifier                 888888888 ............        Provide an identifier for the           Varchar(50) ........   Validated against SA.2.
                                                                  for records entity.                                                        records entity’s safekeeping
                                                                                                                                             agent, if any. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                             safekeeping agent has one.
                                                  A2.18         Safekeeping agent identifier                 888888888 ............        Provide an identifier for the           Varchar(50) ........   Validated against SA.2.
                                                                  for counterparty.                                                          counterparty’s safekeeping
                                                                                                                                             agent, if any. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                             safekeeping agent has one.


                                                                                                                        TABLE A–3—LEGAL AGREEMENTS
                                                                                                                                                 Instructions and data
                                                                                  Field                              Example                                                               Def                    Validation
                                                                                                                                                       application

                                                  A3.1 ......    As of Date ..............................    2015–01–05 ..........         Data extraction date ...............   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A3.2 ......    Records entity identifier ..........         999999999 ............        Provide LEI for records entity         Varchar(50) ........   Validated against CO.2.
                                                  A3.3 ......    Agreement identifier ...............         xxxxxx ...................    Provide identifier for each            Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                              master agreement, gov-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                              erning document, netting
                                                                                                                                              agreement or third-party
                                                                                                                                              credit enhancement agree-
                                                                                                                                              ment.
                                                  A3.4 ......    Name of agreement or gov-                    ISDA Master 1992              Provide name of agreement              Varchar(50).
                                                                  erning document.                              or Guarantee                  or governing document.
                                                                                                                Agreement or
                                                                                                                Master Netting
                                                                                                                Agreement.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:33 Dec 27, 2016     Jkt 241001      PO 00000      Frm 00028       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM      28DEP1


                                                  95524               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                        TABLE A–3—LEGAL AGREEMENTS—Continued
                                                                                                                                             Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                           Example                                                              Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                   application

                                                  A3.5 ......   Agreement date ......................   2010–01–25 ..........           Provide the date of the agree-      YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                                                                                                          ment.
                                                  A3.6 ......   Agreement counterparty iden-            888888888 ............          Use LEI if counterparty has         Varchar(50) ........     Validated against field
                                                                  tifier.                                                                 one. Information needed to                                   CP.2.
                                                                                                                                          identify counterparty.
                                                  A3.6.1 ...    Underlying QFC obligor identi-          888888888 ............          Provide underlying QFC obli-        Varchar(50) ........     Validated against CO.2 or
                                                                 fier.                                                                    gor identifier if document                                   CP.2.
                                                                                                                                          identifier is associated with
                                                                                                                                          a guarantee or other third
                                                                                                                                          party credit enhancement.
                                                                                                                                          Use LEI if underlying QFC
                                                                                                                                          obligor has one.
                                                  A3.7 ......   Agreement governing law ......          New York ..............         Provide law governing con-          Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                          tract disputes.
                                                  A3.8 ......   Cross-default provision?                Y/N ........................    Specify whether agreement           Char(1) ..............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                                                                                                          includes default or other ter-
                                                                                                                                          mination event provisions
                                                                                                                                          that reference an entity not
                                                                                                                                          a party to the agreement
                                                                                                                                          (‘‘cross-default Entity’’). In-
                                                                                                                                          formation needed to deter-
                                                                                                                                          mine exposure to affiliates
                                                                                                                                          or other entities.
                                                  A3.9 ......   Identity of cross-default enti-         777777777 ............          Provide identity of any cross-      Varchar(500) ......      Required if A3.8 is ‘‘Y‘‘.
                                                                  ties.                                                                   default entities referenced                                  ID should be a valid
                                                                                                                                          in A3.8. Use LEI if entity                                   entry in Corporate Org
                                                                                                                                          has one. Information need-                                   Master Table or
                                                                                                                                          ed to determine exposure to                                  Counterparty Master
                                                                                                                                          other entities.                                              Table, if applicable.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Multiple entries comma
                                                                                                                                                                                                       separated.
                                                  A3.10 ....    Covered by third-party credit           Y/N ........................    Information needed to deter-        Char(1) ..............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                                  enhancement agreement                                                    mine credit enhancement.
                                                                  (for the benefit of the
                                                                  records entity)?
                                                  A3.11 ....    Third-party credit enhance-             999999999 ............          Use LEI if available. Informa-      Varchar(50) ........     Required if A3.10 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                                  ment provider identifier (for                                           tion needed to identity                                      Should be a valid entry
                                                                  the benefit of the records                                              Third-Party Credit Enhance-                                  in the Counterparty
                                                                  entity).                                                                ment Provider.                                               Master Table. Validated
                                                                                                                                                                                                       against CP.2.
                                                  A3.12 ....    Associated third-party credit     33333333 ..............               Information needed to deter-        Varchar(50) ........     Required if A3.10 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                                  enhancement agreement                                                    mine credit enhancement.                                    Validated against field
                                                                  document identifier (for the                                                                                                         A3.3.
                                                                  benefit of the records entity).
                                                  A3.12.1       Covered by third-party credit     Y/N ........................          Information needed to deter-        Char(1) ..............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N‘‘.
                                                                  enhancement agreement                                                    mine credit enhancement.
                                                                  (for the benefit of the
                                                                  counterparty)?
                                                  A3.12.2       Third-party credit enhance-       999999999 ............                Use LEI if available. Informa-      Varchar(50) ........     Required if A3.12 is ‘‘Y’’.
                                                                  ment provider identifier (for                                           tion needed to identity                                      Should be a valid entry
                                                                  the benefit of the                                                      Third-Party Credit Enhance-                                  in the Counterparty
                                                                  counterparty).                                                          ment Provider.                                               Master. Validated
                                                                                                                                                                                                       against CP.2.
                                                  A3.12.3       Associated third-party credit           33333333 ..............         Information needed to deter-        Varchar(50) ........     Required if A3.12.2 is
                                                                  enhancement agreement                                                    mine credit enhancement.                                    ‘‘Y’’. Validated against
                                                                  document identifier (for the                                                                                                         field A3.3.
                                                                  benefit of the counterparty).
                                                  A3.13 ....    Counterparty contact informa-           John Doe & Co .....             Provide contact name for            Varchar(200).
                                                                  tion: name.                                                             counterparty as provided
                                                                                                                                          under notice section of
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                          agreement.
                                                  A3.14 ....    Counterparty contact informa-           123 Main St, City,              Provide contact address for         Varchar(100).
                                                                 tion: address.                           State Zip code.                 counterparty as provided
                                                                                                                                          under notice section of
                                                                                                                                          agreement.
                                                  A3.15 ....    Counterparty contact informa-           1–999–999–9999 ..               Provide contact phone num-          Varchar(50).
                                                                 tion: phone.                                                             ber for counterparty as pro-
                                                                                                                                          vided under notice section
                                                                                                                                          of agreement.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016    Jkt 241001    PO 00000     Frm 00029         Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                         95525

                                                                                                               TABLE A–3—LEGAL AGREEMENTS—Continued
                                                                                                                                                    Instructions and data
                                                                                   Field                               Example                                                                 Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                          application

                                                  A3.16 ....     Counterparty’s contact infor-                Jdoe@                            Provide contact email address          Varchar(100).
                                                                  mation: email address.                        JohnDoe.com.                     for counterparty as provided
                                                                                                                                                 under notice section of
                                                                                                                                                 agreement.


                                                                                                                     TABLE A–4—COLLATERAL DETAIL DATA
                                                                                                                                                    Instructions and data
                                                                                 Field                               Example                                                                   Def                       Validation
                                                                                                                                                          application

                                                  A4.1 ...     As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........            Data extraction date ................   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  A4.2 ...     Records entity identifier ..........          999999999 ............           Provide LEI for records entity          Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CO.2.
                                                  A4.3 ...     Collateral posted/collateral re-              P/N ........................     Enter ‘‘P’’ if collateral has           Char(1).
                                                                 ceived flag.                                                                    been posted by the records
                                                                                                                                                 entity. Enter ‘‘R’’ for collat-
                                                                                                                                                 eral received by Records
                                                                                                                                                 Entity.
                                                  A4.4 ...     Counterparty identifier .............         888888888 ............           Provide identifier for                  Varchar(50) ........      Validated against CP.2.
                                                                                                                                                 counterparty. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                                 counterparty has one.
                                                  A4.5 ...     Netting agreement identifier ....             xxxxxxxxx ..............         Provide identifier for applicable       Varchar(50) ........      Validated against field
                                                                                                                                                 netting agreement.                                               A3.3.
                                                  A4.6 ...     Unique collateral item identifier             CUSIP/ISIN ...........           Provide identifier to reference         Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                                 individual collateral posted.
                                                  A4.7 ...     Original face amount of collat-               1500000 ................         Information needed to evalu-            Num (25,5).
                                                                 eral item in local currency.                                                    ate collateral sufficiency and
                                                                                                                                                 marketability.
                                                  A4.8 ...     Local currency of collateral                  USD .......................      Use ISO currency code ..........        Char(3).
                                                                 item.
                                                  A4.9 ...     Market value amount of collat-                850000 ..................        Information needed to evalu-            Num (25,5) .........      Market value of all collat-
                                                                 eral item in U.S. dollars.                                                      ate collateral sufficiency and                                  eral posted by Records
                                                                                                                                                 marketability and to permit                                     Entity or Counterparty
                                                                                                                                                 aggregation across cur-                                         A2.9 or A2.10 for the
                                                                                                                                                 rencies.                                                        given netting agreement
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 identifier should be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 equal to sum of all A4.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 for the same netting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 agreement identifier in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A4.
                                                  A4.10        Description of collateral item ..             U.S. Treasury Strip,             Information needed to evalu-            Varchar(200).
                                                                                                               maturity 2020/6/                  ate collateral sufficiency and
                                                                                                               30.                               marketability.
                                                  A4.11        Asset classification ..................       1 ............................   Provide fair value asset classi-        Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘2’’ or
                                                                                                                                                 fication for the collateral                                      ‘‘3’’.
                                                                                                                                                 item under GAAP, IFRS, or
                                                                                                                                                 other accounting principles
                                                                                                                                                 or standards used by
                                                                                                                                                 records entity. Provide ‘‘1’’
                                                                                                                                                 for Level 1, ‘‘2’’ for Level 2,
                                                                                                                                                 or ‘‘3’’ for Level 3.
                                                  A4.12        Collateral or portfolio segrega-              Y/N ........................     Specify whether the specific            Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                                 tion status.                                                                    item of collateral or the re-
                                                                                                                                                 lated collateral portfolio is
                                                                                                                                                 segregated from assets of
                                                                                                                                                 the safekeeping agent.
                                                  A4.13        Collateral location ...................       ABC broker-dealer                Provide location of collateral          Varchar(200).
                                                                                                               (in safekeeping                   posted.
                                                                                                               account of
                                                                                                               counterparty).
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                  A4.14        Collateral jurisdiction ...............       New York, New                    Provide jurisdiction of location        Varchar(50).
                                                                                                               York.                             of collateral posted.
                                                  A4.15        Is collateral re-hypothecation                Y/N ........................     Information needed to evalu-            Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                                  allowed?                                                                       ate exposure of the records
                                                                                                                                                 entity to the counterparty or
                                                                                                                                                 vice-versa for re-hypoth-
                                                                                                                                                 ecated collateral.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001     PO 00000       Frm 00030        Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM       28DEP1


                                                  95526               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                              CORPORATE ORGANIZATION MASTER TABLE *
                                                                                                                                              Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                              Def                        Validation
                                                                                                                                                    application

                                                  CO.1 ..    As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ............   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  CO.2 ..    Entity identifier ........................    888888888 ............         Provide unique identifier.          Varchar(50) ........      Should be unique across all
                                                                                                                                             Use LEI if available. Infor-                                 records entities.
                                                                                                                                             mation needed to identify
                                                                                                                                             entity.
                                                  CO.3 ..    Has LEI been used for entity                  Y/N ........................   Specify whether the entity          Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                               identifier?                                                                   identifier provided is an
                                                                                                                                             LEI.
                                                  CO.4 ..    Legal name of entity ...............          John Doe & Co .....            Provide legal name of entity        Varchar(200).
                                                  CO.5 ..    Immediate parent entity identi-               77777777 ..............        Use LEI if available. Infor-        Varchar(50).
                                                               fier.                                                                         mation needed to com-
                                                                                                                                             plete org structure.
                                                  CO.6 ..    Has LEI been used for imme-        Y/N ........................              Specify whether the imme-           Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                               diate parent entity identifier?.                                              diate parent entity identi-
                                                                                                                                             fier provided is an LEI.
                                                  CO.7 ..    Legal name of immediate par-                  John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to com-          Varchar(200).
                                                               ent entity.                                                                   plete org structure.
                                                  CO.8 ..    Percentage ownership of im-                   100.00 ...................     Information needed to com-          Num (5,2).
                                                               mediate parent entity in the                                                  plete org structure.
                                                               entity.
                                                  CO.9 ..    Entity type ...............................   Subsidiary, foreign            Information needed to com-          Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             branch, foreign                 plete org structure.
                                                                                                             division.
                                                  CO.10      Domicile ..................................   New York, New                  Enter as city, state or city,       Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             York.                          foreign country.
                                                  CO.11      Jurisdiction under which incor-               New York ...............       Enter as state or foreign ju-       Varchar(50).
                                                               porated or organized.                                                        risdiction.
                                                     * Foreign branches and divisions shall be separately identified to the extent they are identified in an entity’s reports to its PFRAs.

                                                                                                                         COUNTERPARTY MASTER TABLE
                                                                                                                                              Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                              Def                        Validation
                                                                                                                                                    application

                                                  CP.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ............   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  CP.2 ...   Counterparty identifier .............         888888888 ............         Use LEI if counterparty has         Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                             one. Should be used con-
                                                                                                                                             sistently across all records
                                                                                                                                             entities within a corporate
                                                                                                                                             group. The counterparty
                                                                                                                                             identifier shall be the glob-
                                                                                                                                             al legal entity identifier if
                                                                                                                                             one has been issued to
                                                                                                                                             the entity. If a
                                                                                                                                             counterparty transacts
                                                                                                                                             with the records entity
                                                                                                                                             through one or more sep-
                                                                                                                                             arate foreign branches or
                                                                                                                                             divisions and any such
                                                                                                                                             branch or division does
                                                                                                                                             not have its own unique
                                                                                                                                             global legal entity identi-
                                                                                                                                             fier, the records entity
                                                                                                                                             must include additional
                                                                                                                                             identifiers, as appropriate
                                                                                                                                             to enable the FDIC to ag-
                                                                                                                                             gregate or disaggregate
                                                                                                                                             the data for each
                                                                                                                                             counterparty and for each
                                                                                                                                             entity with the same ulti-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                             mate parent entity as the
                                                                                                                                             counterparty.
                                                  CP.3 ...   Has LEI been used for                         Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the                Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                               counterparty identifier?                                                      counterparty identifier is
                                                                                                                                             an LEI.
                                                  CP.4 ...   Legal name of counterparty ....               John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to iden-         Varchar(200).
                                                                                                                                             tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                             communicate with
                                                                                                                                             counterparty.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00031       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM      28DEP1


                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                           95527

                                                                                                              COUNTERPARTY MASTER TABLE—Continued
                                                                                                                                               Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                   Def                        Validation
                                                                                                                                                     application

                                                  CP.5 ...   Domicile ..................................   New York, New                  Enter as city, state or city,            Varchar(50).
                                                                                                             York.                           foreign country.
                                                  CP.6 ...   Jurisdiction under which incor-               New York ...............       Enter as state or foreign ju-            Varchar(50).
                                                               porated or organized.                                                         risdiction.
                                                  CP.7 ...   Immediate parent entity identi-               77777777 ..............        Provide an identifier for the            Varchar(50).
                                                               fier.                                                                         parent entity that directly
                                                                                                                                             controls the counterparty.
                                                                                                                                             Use LEI if immediate par-
                                                                                                                                             ent entity has one.
                                                  CP.8 ...   Has LEI been used for imme-                   Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the imme-               Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                               diate parent entity identifier?                                               diate parent entity identi-
                                                                                                                                             fier is an LEI.
                                                  CP.9 ...   Legal name of immediate par-                  John Doe & Co .....            Information needed to iden-              Varchar(200).
                                                               ent entity.                                                                   tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                             communicate with
                                                                                                                                             counterparty.
                                                  CP.10      Ultimate parent entity identifier             666666666 ............         Provide an identifier for the            Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                             parent entity that is a
                                                                                                                                             member of the corporate
                                                                                                                                             group of the counterparty
                                                                                                                                             that is not controlled by
                                                                                                                                             another entity. Information
                                                                                                                                             needed to identify
                                                                                                                                             counterparty. Use LEI if
                                                                                                                                             ultimate parent entity has
                                                                                                                                             one.
                                                  CP.11      Has LEI been used for ulti-                   Y/N ........................   Indicate whether the ulti-               Char(1) ...............   Should be ‘‘Y’’ or ‘‘N’’.
                                                               mate parent entity identifier?                                                mate parent entity identi-
                                                                                                                                             fier is an LEI.
                                                  CP.12      Legal name of ultimate parent                 John Doe & Co ......           Information needed to iden-              Varchar(100).
                                                               entity.                                                                       tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                             communicate with
                                                                                                                                             Counterparty.


                                                                                                                      BOOKING LOCATION MASTER TABLE
                                                                                                                                               Instructions and data
                                                                               Field                              Example                                                                   Def                        Validation
                                                                                                                                                     application

                                                  BL.1 ...   As of date ................................   2015–01–05 ..........          Data extraction date ............        YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  BL.2 ...   Records entity identifier ..........          999999999 ............         Provide LEI ..........................   Varchar(50) ........      Should be a valid entry in
                                                                                                                                                                                                               the Corporate Org Master
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Table.
                                                  BL.3 ...   Internal booking location iden-               New York, New                  Provide office where the po-             Varchar(50).
                                                                tifier.                                      York.                           sition is booked. Informa-
                                                                                                                                             tion needed to determine
                                                                                                                                             the headquarters or
                                                                                                                                             branch where the position
                                                                                                                                             is booked, including the
                                                                                                                                             system on which the trade
                                                                                                                                             is booked, as well as the
                                                                                                                                             system on which the trade
                                                                                                                                             is settled.
                                                  BL.4 ...   Unique booking unit or desk                   xxxxxx ....................    Provide unit or desk at                  Varchar(50).
                                                               identifier.                                                                   which the position is
                                                                                                                                             booked. Information need-
                                                                                                                                             ed to help determine pur-
                                                                                                                                             pose of position.
                                                  BL.5 ...   Unique booking unit or desk                   North American                 Additional information to                Varchar(50).
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                               description.                                  trading desk.                   help determine purpose of
                                                                                                                                             position.
                                                  BL.6 ...   Booking unit or desk contact—                 1–999–999–9999 ..              Information needed to com-               Varchar(50).
                                                               phone.                                                                        municate with the booking
                                                                                                                                             unit or desk.
                                                  BL.7 ...   Booking unit or desk contact—                 Desk@Desk.com ...              Information needed to com-               Varchar(100).
                                                               email.                                                                        municate with the booking
                                                                                                                                             unit or desk.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:33 Dec 27, 2016       Jkt 241001    PO 00000       Frm 00032       Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702     E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM         28DEP1


                                                  95528                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 249 / Wednesday, December 28, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                                                          SAFEKEEPING AGENT MASTER TABLE
                                                                                                                                                     Instructions and data
                                                                                Field                                  Example                                                             Def                     Validation
                                                                                                                                                           application

                                                  SA.1 ...    As of date ................................      2015–01–05 ..........             Data extraction date ............   YYYY–MM–DD.
                                                  SA.2 ...    Safekeeping agent identifier ...                 888888888 ............            Provide an identifier for the       Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent. Use
                                                                                                                                                    LEI if safekeeping agent
                                                                                                                                                    has one.
                                                  SA.3 ...    Legal name of safekeeping                        John Doe & Co .....               Information needed to iden-         Varchar(200).
                                                                agent.                                                                              tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                                    communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent.
                                                  SA.4 ...    Point of contact—name ..........                 John Doe ...............          Information needed to iden-         Varchar(200).
                                                                                                                                                    tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                                    communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent.
                                                  SA.5 ...    Point of contact—address .......                 123 Main St, City,                Information needed to iden-         Varchar(100).
                                                                                                                 State Zip Code.                    tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                                    communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent.
                                                  SA.6 ...    Point of contact—phone .........                 1–999–999–9999 ..                 Information needed to iden-         Varchar(50).
                                                                                                                                                    tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                                    communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent.
                                                  SA.7 ...    Point of contact—email ...........               Jdoe@                             Information needed to iden-         Varchar(100).
                                                                                                                 JohnDoe.com.                       tify and, if necessary,
                                                                                                                                                    communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                    safekeeping agent.


                                                                                                                                        DETAILS OF FORMATS
                                                        Format                                   Content in brief                                             Additional explanation                           Examples

                                                  YYYY–MM–DD ..             Date .............................................................    YYYY = four digit date, MM = 2 digit               2015–11–12.
                                                                                                                                                    month, DD = 2 digit date.
                                                  Num (25,5) .........      Up to 25 numerical characters including 5                             Up to 20 numerical characters before the           1352.67.
                                                                              decimals.                                                             decimal point and up to 5 numerical              12345678901234567890.12345.
                                                                                                                                                    characters after the decimal point. The          0.
                                                                                                                                                    dot character is used to separate deci-          ¥20000.25.
                                                                                                                                                    mals.                                            ¥0.257.
                                                  Char(3) ...............   3 alphanumeric characters ..........................                  The length is fixed at 3 alphanumeric char-        USD.
                                                                                                                                                    acters.                                          X1X.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     999.
                                                  Varchar(25) ........      Up to 25 alphanumeric characters ..............                       The length is not fixed but limited at up to       asgaGEH3268EFdsagtTRCF543.
                                                                                                                                                    25 alphanumeric characters.



                                                    Dated at Washington, DC, this 13th day of                           DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION                                  DC (C–26B), and SA227–TT airplanes.
                                                  December 2016.                                                                                                                      This proposed AD was prompted by
                                                    By order of the Board of Directors.                                 Federal Aviation Administration                               detachment of the power lever linkage
                                                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.                                                                                              to the TPE331 engine propeller pitch
                                                                                                                        14 CFR Part 39                                                control. This proposed AD would
                                                  Valerie J. Best,
                                                                                                                        [Docket No. FAA–2016–9531; Directorate                        require installing a secondary retention
                                                  Assistant Executive Secretary.                                                                                                      device and repetitively inspecting the
                                                                                                                        Identifier 2015–CE–011–AD]
                                                  [FR Doc. 2016–30734 Filed 12–27–16; 8:45 am]                                                                                        propeller pitch control for proper
                                                  BILLING CODE 6714–01–P                                                RIN 2120–AA64                                                 torque, with corrections as necessary.
                                                                                                                        Airworthiness Directives; M7                                  We are proposing this AD to correct the
                                                                                                                        Aerospace LLC Airplanes                                       unsafe condition on these products.

                                                                                                                        AGENCY: Federal Aviation                                      DATES:  We must receive comments on
                                                                                                                        Administration (FAA), DOT.                                    this proposed AD by February 13, 2017.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                        ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking                         ADDRESSES:  You may send comments,
                                                                                                                        (NPRM).                                                       using the procedures found in 14 CFR
                                                                                                                                                                                      11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following
                                                                                                                        SUMMARY:  We propose to adopt a new                           methods:
                                                                                                                        airworthiness directive (AD) for certain
                                                                                                                        M7 Aerospace LLC Models SA226–T,                                • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to
                                                                                                                        SA226–AT, SA226–T(B), SA226–TC,                               http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the
                                                                                                                        SA227–AC (C–26A), SA227–AT,                                   instructions for submitting comments.
                                                                                                                        SA227–BC (C–26A), SA227–CC, SA227–                              • Fax: 202–493–2251.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:33 Dec 27, 2016        Jkt 241001       PO 00000       Frm 00033         Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\28DEP1.SGM   28DEP1



Document Created: 2016-12-28 02:16:39
Document Modified: 2016-12-28 02:16:39
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionNotice of proposed rulemaking.
DatesComments must be received on or before February 27, 2017.
ContactLegal Division: Phillip E. Sloan, Counsel, (703) 562-6137; Joanne W. Rose, Counsel, (917) 320-2854. Division of Resolutions and Receiverships: Marc Steckel, Deputy Director, (571) 858-8824; George C. Alexander, Assistant Director, (571) 858-8182.
FR Citation81 FR 95496 
RIN Number3064-AE54
CFR AssociatedAdministrative Practice and Procedure; Bank Deposit Insurance; Banking; Banks; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Securities and State Non-Member Banks

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR